IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 % 
 
 
 
 :/ 
 
 4 
 
 1.0 
 
 1.25 
 
 1^128 |2.5 
 
 IIIIIM 
 
 1^ 1^ 
 
 lis 
 
 Itt 
 u 
 
 ■UUl. 
 
 lAO 
 
 2.0 
 
 U 11.6 
 
 Photographic 
 ^Sdences 
 Corooration 
 
 iV 
 
 W 
 
 ^ 
 
 o 
 
 .A 
 
 ^<b 
 
 V 
 
 u. 
 
 4 
 
 
 o 
 
 '^ 
 
 13 VVP5T MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 
 
 (716) 872-4503 
 
 <i; 
 
 "^ 
 

 CIHM/ICMH 
 
 Microfiche 
 
 Series. 
 
 CIHM/ICMH 
 Collection de 
 microfiches. 
 
 Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques 
 
Technical and Bibliographic Notes/Notes techniques et bibiiographiques 
 
 The Institute has attempted to obtain the best 
 original copy available for filming. Features of this 
 copy which may be bibliographically unique, 
 which may alter any of the images in the 
 reproduction, or which may significantly change 
 the usual method of filming, are checlced below. 
 
 D 
 
 D 
 
 n/ 
 
 D 
 
 D 
 
 Coloured covers/ 
 Couverture de couleur 
 
 I I Covers damaged/ 
 
 Couverture endommagde 
 
 □ Covers restored and/or laminated/ 
 Couverture restaurde et/ou peiliculde 
 
 □ Cover title missing/ 
 Le titre de couverture manque 
 
 I I Coloured maps/ 
 
 Cartes g^ographiques en couleur 
 
 □ Coloured init (i.e. other than blue or black)/ 
 Encre de couleur (i.e. autre que bleue ou nc're) 
 
 I I Coloured plates and/or illustrations/ 
 
 Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur 
 
 Bound with other material/ 
 Reli6 avec d'autres documents 
 
 Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion 
 along interior margin/ 
 
 La re iiure serrde peut causer de I'ombre ou d«* la 
 distortion le long de la marge intdrieure 
 
 Blank leaves added during restoration may 
 appear within the text. Whenever possible, these 
 have been omitted from filming/ 
 II se peut que certaines pages blanches ajout6es 
 lors d'une restauration apparaissent dans le texte, 
 mais, lorsque cela dtait possible, ces pages n'ont 
 pas M fiimdes. 
 
 Additional comments:/ 
 Commentaires suppldmentaires; 
 
 L'Institut a microfilm^ le meilleur exemplaire 
 qu'ii lui a 6t6 possible de se procurer. Les details 
 de cet exemplaire qui sont peut-dtre uniques du 
 point de vue bibliographique, qui peuvent modifier 
 une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une 
 modification dans la methods normale de filmage 
 sont indiquis ci-dessous. 
 
 □ Coloured pages/ 
 Pages de couleur 
 
 D 
 D 
 
 D 
 
 Pages damaged/ 
 Pages endommag^es 
 
 Pages restored and/or laminated/ 
 Pages restaurdes et/ou pellicul6es 
 
 Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/ 
 Pages d6color6es, tachet^es ou piqudes 
 
 Pages detached/ 
 Pages ddtachdes 
 
 "T* Showthrough/ 
 -^ Transparence 
 
 I I Quality of print varies/ 
 
 Quality inigale de I'impression 
 
 Includes supplementary material/ 
 Comprend du materiel suppldmentaire 
 
 Only edition available/ 
 Seule Edition disponible 
 
 D 
 
 Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata 
 slips, tissues, etc., have been ref limed to 
 ensure the best possible image/ 
 Les pages totalement ou partiellement 
 obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata, une pelure, 
 etc., ont 6t6 fiimies d nouveau de faqon d 
 obtenir la meilleure image possible. 
 
 This item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked belrw/ 
 
 Ce document est filmi au taux de reduction indiquA ci-dessous. 
 
 10X 
 
 
 
 
 14X 
 
 
 
 
 18X 
 
 
 
 
 22X 
 
 
 
 
 26X 
 
 
 
 
 30X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 y 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ] 
 1 
 
 
 
 12X 
 
 
 
 
 16X 
 
 
 
 
 20X 
 
 
 
 
 24X 
 
 
 
 
 28X 
 
 
 
 
 32X 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 i 
 
The copy filmed here has been reproduced thanks 
 to the generosity of: 
 
 Library of the Picbiic 
 Archives of Canada 
 
 The images appearing here are the best quality 
 possible considering the condition and legibility 
 of the original copy and in keeping with the 
 filming contract specifications. 
 
 Original copies in printed paper covers are filmed 
 beginning with the front cover and ending on 
 the last page with a printed or illustrated impres- 
 sion, or the back cover when appropriate. All 
 other original copies are filmed beginning on the 
 first page with a printed or illustrated impres- 
 sion, and ending on the last page with a printed 
 or illustrated impression. 
 
 The last recorded frame on each microfiche 
 shall contain the symbol —»-( meaning "CON- 
 TINUED"), or the symbol V (meaning "END"), 
 whichever applies. 
 
 Maps, plates, charts, etc., may be filmed at 
 different reduction ratios. Those too large to be 
 entirely included in one exposure are filmed 
 beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to 
 ri^ht and top to bottom, as many frames as 
 required. The following diagrams illustrate the 
 method: 
 
 L'exemplaire fiimi fut reproduit grdce d la 
 g6n6rosit6 de: 
 
 La bibliothdque des Archives 
 publiques du Canada 
 
 Les images suivantes ont 6t6 reproduites avec le 
 plus grand soin, compte tenu de la condition et 
 de la netteti de l'exemplaire film6, et en 
 conformity avec les conditions du contrat de 
 filmage. 
 
 Les exempiaires originaux dont la couverture en 
 papier est imprimte sont film6s en commengant 
 par le premier plat et en terminant soit par la 
 dernidre page qui comporte une empreinte 
 d'impression ou d'illustration, soit par le second 
 plat, salon le cas. Tous les autres exempiaires 
 originsux sont film6s en commen^ant par la 
 premiere page qui comporte une empreinte 
 d'impression ou d'illustration et en terminant par 
 la dernidre page qui comporte une telle 
 empreinte. 
 
 Un des symboles suivants apparaitra sur la 
 dernidre image de cheque microfiche, selon le 
 cas: le symbols — »► signifie "A SUIVRE ", le 
 symbols V signifie "FIN ". 
 
 Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc., peuvent dtre 
 fiimds d des taux de reduction diffdrents. 
 Lorsque le document est trop grand pour dtre 
 reproduit en un seul clichd, il est fiimd d partir 
 de Tangle sup6rieur gatche, de gauche d droite, 
 et de haut en bas, en pronant le nombre 
 d'images ndcessaire. Les diagrammes suivants 
 illustrent la mdthode. 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
!■■■ 
 
■■■H 
 
 THE 
 
 IMPRACTICABILITY 
 
 ,0F 
 
 A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE 
 
 1 
 
 FOR 
 
 SHIPS. 
 
 IMPARTIALLY CONSIDERED. 
 
 LONDON: 
 
 PRINTED BY A. J. VALPy, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET. 
 
 1824. ■ 
 
/:t*J' 1^ ': 
 
 JK 
 
 
 I i 
 

 PREFACE. 
 
 Being what is termed " a sea-faring man,*' I am 
 frequently asked questions concerning the North- 
 AVest Passage, which, perhaps, would puzzle 
 much wiser heads to answer; I have therefore 
 been induced to read a little of what has been 
 published on the subject, especially within the 
 last seven or eight years, by those, who are sup- 
 posed to have considered it most, or have detailed 
 the results of their experience in the Arctic re- 
 gions. 
 
 I was the more disposed to amuse myself in this 
 way, from a desire to judge for myself if possible, 
 why all former adventurers, as well as Captains 
 Ross, Buchan,and Parry, have failed in an enter- 
 prise, which the Quarterly Review has repre- 
 sented as " of no difficult execution,*' and merely 
 " the business of three months out and home ;'* 
 and also from seeing it mentioned in the public 
 papers that another attempt is to be made this 
 year, by Captains Parry and Hoppner, in the 
 Fury and Hecla, by way of Lancaster Sound, and 
 
 •tVl: 
 
 i'lii 
 
IV 
 
 Prince Regent's Inlet, along the northern shores 
 of America. 
 
 Without pretending to give any decided opi- 
 nion of my own, on this " interesting question," 
 I am free to say, that the facts stated, and (of 
 course) believed by the authors from whom I have 
 quoted, and who have advocated the practicability 
 as well as the existence of a North- West passage, 
 appear to me to show its impracticability for ships, 
 even ^/* there be one for water and fish (for the river 
 Thames, if frozen over, would still be a river, but 
 unnavigable), and to render its very existence 
 more doubtful than ever. 
 
 Whether, or not, the inferences I have drawn 
 from the DATA furnished chiefly, if not entirely^ 
 by those advocates themselves, be fair and legiti- 
 mate, I leave to the decision of those unbiassed 
 (particularly nautical) readers, who are most com- 
 petent to form a correct judgment on and dis- 
 posed to give their attention to such a subject. 
 
 SCRUTATOR. 
 
 London, Qoth March, 1824. 
 
'J? 
 
 »;iv»7f 
 
 f 
 
 :• - ; U\ ',r) 
 
 1 , 
 
 
 
 
 •■ 'ft 
 
 ' 1 
 
 V 
 
 
 . ' ,f_ 
 
 , I . 
 
 » ' ' 
 
 ...' 1 
 
 J> 
 
 " A PLAIN MATTER-OF-FACT MAN WISHES FOR DATA 
 RATHER THAN WILD HYPOTHESES." 
 
 -n/U i«. . f 
 
 r?J hiiirt '"'; vh ii> -ti.V i» Quart. Rev. xxviii. 398. : 
 
 f 
 
 ■• 
 
 .f"i>': 
 
 
 
 ■•;)it <■ 
 
 n--- 
 
 ri. 
 
 ;.• ^^t<*•u•^'■ 
 
 ■ff<,,:.< ■•■•,V-> 
 
 , , . V-. vn ' • :,--.;i.V^^iw> 
 
 :oR. 
 
 After a lapse of about twenty-six years, the ques- 
 tion of the Existence, as well as the Practicabillti/, of a 
 Passage for ships, from the Atlantic to the Pacific, was 
 revived ; and the attention of the public excited in the 
 year 1817, by the writer of an article headed ** Lord 
 Selkirk, and the North-West Passage," in No. 31. of ** a 
 popular criticalJournal." Having introduced the latter 
 subject by an examination into the authenticity of 
 '* Voyage de la Mer Giaciale ; par le Capitaine Laurent 
 Ferrer Maldonado, I'an 1588," the Reviewer says, 
 " Destitute as we consider the relation of Maldonado 
 to be, both of veracity and authenticity, we are by no 
 means inclined to suppose that such a voyage, as it 
 describes, is impracticable. We Jirmly believe^ on the 
 contrary, that a navigable passage doese^rist, and may be 
 of wo difficult execution. Why then, it may be asked, 
 have all the attempts made at different times, from both 
 sides the continent of America, failed ? — Because, not 
 one of them was ever made near that part of the coast 
 of America round which, it is most likely, the passage 
 would lead into the Frozen or Northern Ocean. The 
 distance between Baffin s Sea and Behring's Strait, is not 
 
 Data. A 
 
 I 
 
 i 
 
t 
 
 more than 1200 miles. Could we only be certain that 
 Hearne and Mackenzie actually arrived at the shore of 
 the Northern Ocean, the existence of a passage would 
 amount nearly to a certainty. The solution of this im- 
 portant problem is the business of three months out and 
 home. The space to be examined, at the very utmost, 
 is from the 67th to the 71st parallels, or 4° of lati- 
 tude ! ! If lae continent of America shall be found to 
 terminate, as is most likely, about the 70° of latitude, or 
 even below it, we have little doubt of a/rce and practi- 
 cable passage round it, for seven or eight months in every 
 year ; and we are much mistaken if the North-west Com- 
 pany would not derive immediate and incalculable ad- 
 vantages from a passage of th?^ee months to their estab- 
 lishments on Columbia river, instead of the circuitous 
 voyage of six or seven months round Cape Horn ; to 
 say nothing of the benefit which might be derived from 
 taking their cargoes of furs and peltry for the China 
 market at Mackenzie's and Copper-mine rivers, to which 
 the northern Indians would be too happy to bring them, 
 if protected by European establishments at these, or 
 other places, from their enemies the Esquimaux." 
 
 What flattering prospects are here held forth to the 
 North-west Company of" incalculable advantages,"and 
 to the ** northern Indians" of being made even *' too 
 happy ! !" Nothing like a fear is expressed, of obstacles 
 to be met with and surmounted. On the contrary, all 
 is plain sailing through •* a free and practicable passage 
 for seven or eight months in every year." The 
 language of the foregoing extracts is calculated to raise, 
 not only the hopes, but the expectations of the public, 
 as high as those which the writer himself no doubt in- 
 dulged in, as to the success of any future attempt ; pro- 
 vided it should be made where he recommends, near the 
 
 '11 
 
¥ 
 
 noi'th-east part of America, He seems, however, to have 
 been aware of there being some little difficulty in get- 
 ting hold of that part of America, for he informs us a 
 little further on, at page 169, that, " Hitherto, most of 
 our adventurers have worked their way through Hud- 
 son's Strait, which is generally choked up with ice, 
 then standing to the northward, they have had to con- 
 tend with ice drifting to the southward, with contrary 
 winds and currents. These inconveniences," he adds, 
 " would be obviated by standing JiV^/ to the latitudes of 
 71° or 72°, and from thence southerly and westerly, till 
 they saw the north-east coast of America, which would 
 go far to complete the discovery, or, till they reached 
 Hudson's Bay, which would decide the question in the 
 negatived' Here, in the most direct terms, this reviewer 
 records his disapprobation (and with good reason) of a 
 route through Hudson's Strait and Bay, in quest of the 
 north-east part of America ; nay his belief, at the time 
 he wrote, that no passage could be found out of Hud- 
 son's Bay, (and consequently even through the Welcome 
 or Repulse Bay) into the Polar sea. Inasmuch as he 
 says, that if the more northerly route he recommends, 
 should (by a southerly and westerly deviation after- 
 wards) lead any future adventurer into Hudson's Bay, 
 That " would decide the question in the negative." And 
 yet in the same article, at page 162, this reviewer would 
 seem to doubt the veracity of Middleton ; " who," he 
 informs us, ** looked into (he says, sailed round,) what 
 he (Middleton) was pleased to call Repulse Bay," It is 
 indeed very amusing to compare some of the notions 
 of this anonymous writer, in different numbers of this 
 '* popular critical journal," on points connected with 
 the question of a north-west passage. For instance, in 
 this Number 31, at page 170 ; he says—" It is a com- 
 
 V 
 
 i 
 
 P: 
 
mon, but we believe an erroneous opinion, that the tem- 
 perature of c.r climate has regularly been diminishing, 
 and that it is owing to the ice having permanently fixed 
 itself to the shores of Greenland, which in consequence, 
 from being once a flourishing colony of Denmark, is 
 now become uninhabitable and unapproachable. We 
 doubt both ihefact and the inference. It is not the cli- 
 mate that has altered, but we who feel it more severe as 
 we advance in years ; the registers of the absolute de- 
 gree of temperature, as measured by the thermometer, 
 do not warrant any such conclusion ; and more attempts 
 than one to land on the coast of Greenland must be 
 made, before we can give credit to its being bound up 
 in eternal ice — which is known to shift about with every 
 gale of wind, to be drifted by currents, and to crumble 
 and consume below the surface of the water,'' -KviKf 
 
 Now, this is all very probable, and perhaps would not 
 have been questioned by any body, but the reviewer 
 himself. He, however, having a favourite hypothesis 
 to maintain, which he seems to have founded on 
 imaginary assumptions^ at variance, with each other, rather 
 than on known facts and experience, tells us quite a dif- 
 ferent thing in No. 35, of the Quarterly Review, in an 
 article written preparatory to the fitting out of the two 
 expeditions in the beginning of the following year 1818 ; 
 as it was very necessary to clear away (at least by pen 
 and ink) as much as possible of the ice, which some igno- 
 rant folks might suppose would otherwise impede their 
 progress through the Polar regions, towards Behrings 
 Strait ; he therefore admits^ in the first place, " that, for 
 the last four hundred years, an extensive portion of the 
 eastern coast of Old Greenland hasheen shut up, by an 
 impenetrable barrier of ice, and with it the ill-fated Nor- 
 wegian • Danish colonies ; and who were thus cut off at 
 

 once from all conmunication with the mother-coun- 
 try ;"— that " various attempts have been made, from time 
 to time, to approach thi« coast, but in vain ; the ice beinij 
 every where impervious ; and that all hope being at 
 length abandoned, th?t part of this extensive tract of 
 land, which faces the east, took the appropriate name 
 of lost Greenland. The event to which we have alluded 
 is the dititappearance of the whole, or greater part of this 
 barrier of ice. How the Danes can now pretend to 
 doubtj as one of their writers affects to do, whether there 
 ever were a colony on the eastern side is, to us, quite 
 inexplicable, unless it^beto palliate theirnegligence at the 
 first approach of the ice, and their want of humanity 
 since." In short, the reviewer has, nonv, no doubt of this 
 extraordinary fact, for nothing could have happened 
 so qpportunely ; and he therefore adduces the authority 
 of many persons in various places to prove it, and even 
 assigns as ** the most probable cause, for the sudden 
 departure of all this ice, its having broken loose by its 
 own weight ! !" Having thus " established beyond any 
 doubt, the fact of the disappearance of the ice," he 
 asks, whether any, and what advantages may arise out 
 of an event which, for the first time has occurred, 
 at least to so great an extent, during the last four 
 hundred years ? and answers, first. The influence which 
 the removal of so large a body of ice may have on our 
 own climate. 
 
 2ndly. The opportunity it affords of enquiring into 
 the fate of the lon^-lost colony on the eastern coast of 
 Old Greenland. 
 
 3rdly. The facility it offers, of correcting the very 
 defective geography ofthe Arctic regions in our western 
 hemisphere, and (►f attempting the circumnavigation 
 of Old Greenland, a direct passage over the Pole, and 
 
6 
 
 the more circuitous one along the northern coast of 
 America into the Pacific. He then takes pains to prove 
 deterioration of climate to have taken place in Iceland, 
 Switzerland and Pennsylvania, and that '* it must be 
 equally clear liierefore, that our oxvn climate^ though in a 
 less degree, must have been affected by this vast accumu- 
 lation of Ice on the coast of Greenland :" and gives 
 " reasons for believing, that previously to the fifteenth 
 century England enjoyed a warmer summer climate than 
 since that period ! r ^r/i^, 
 
 The reviewer having, as we have seen in a former 
 number, expressed hisbelief of theprflc/icflf/)i/%, as well 
 as the existence, of a passage for ships from the Atlantic 
 to the Pacific through Behring's Strait ; he proceeds to 
 explain his grounds for that belief, 
 
 1st He asserts the existence of *' a perpetual current 
 setting down from the northward, (sometimes with 
 a velocity of four or even five miles an hour) along the 
 eastern coast of America and the wrestern shores of Old 
 Greenland ;" and thereon assumes " an uninterrupted 
 communication, between Davis Strait and the Great 
 Polar Basin," the consequent insularity of Old Green- 
 land, and the non-existence of Baffiii's Bay. 
 
 2ndly, That vast quantities of drift wood were floated 
 down by this current from the northward, consisting of 
 trees the produce of Asia and America (some, perhaps, 
 through Behring's Strait), by means of his " circum- 
 volving current," between the Pacific and the Atlantic, 
 " round the north coast of America." As these 
 grounds were noi; satisfactory, and much other matter 
 contained in this article appeared rather vision?iry, and 
 calculated to raise the public expectation of success too 
 high, by annihilating probable, or at least possible dif+ 
 ficulties, an anonymous writer was induced to publish 
 

 a reply to it in the Naval Chronicle for the month of 
 March, 1818, just before the expeditions sailed, under 
 Captains Ross and Buchan. In extracting it here, I 
 shall adduce such facts and experiments, made known 
 to us by those who have since written on the subject, 
 or visited the Arctic regions, as tend to prove, or dis- 
 prove, the opinions of either of these writers. 
 
 The letter of Phoca, in the Naval Chronicle, is dated 
 Hull, 27th Feb. 1818. I shall be excused for making 
 copious extracts from it ; particularly as it happened 
 to be inserted in a work of very limited circulation 
 at the time ; and the correctness of many of his opinions 
 has been practically proved, so far, by the failure 
 of every expedition by sea, since he wrote this letter. 
 
 He says, " The appearance of an article in the Quar- 
 terly Review, for this month, on the subject of the ex- 
 peditions, now fitting out, to explore the Arctic regions, 
 has led me to consider some of the matters therein 
 stated, and to enquire into the solidity of some of the 
 writer's notions on this interesting topic." After a few 
 preliminary observations on the fact of the late reported 
 disappearance of ice, from the eastern coast of Old 
 Greenland, and its supposed connexion with the phae- 
 nomena of Magnetism, Electricity, and the Aurora 
 Borealis, he proceeds : ** The removal of this ice being 
 * cotemporaneous with the period when the western de- 
 clination of the magnetic needle became stationary,' is 
 certainly * a remarkable coincidence.* At all events, 
 in whatever way the supposed connexion may be, 
 between the removal of the ice, and these phaenomena, 
 it seems not unfair to infer, that the departure of the 
 immense mountains and fields of ice which for so many 
 centuries have covered the Arctic seas, ma]/ have had 
 some effect in stopping the career of the western decli- 
 
 ".t'v' 
 
-f 
 
 8 
 
 nation of the needle." But we may as fairly draw the 
 same inference from a similar cause, though probably of 
 much less extent ; and all we can know^ till the whole of 
 the A.'ctic Regions is explored, viz. the departure of, 
 perhaps, a very small portion only, of those ** immense 
 moumains and fields of ice, which had collected in the 
 y'lcimty of Greenland, What may still remain in the 
 Arctic seas, we are yet to learn ; and concerning which, 
 like every thing else, where facts and local experience 
 are wanting, our opinions can only be formed on fixed 
 and re^aived principles. The fact, however, of the dis- 
 appearance of so7ne large mountains and fields of ice 
 from part of the Arctic regions, being admitted, the Quar- 
 terly Reviewer's enquiry as to its supposed influence 
 on our climate, is thus treated: " On the benefits 
 we should derive from an amehoration of our climate^ 
 there can be but one opinion. That our Summer sea- 
 sons have been colder than usual, in the latter years, 
 for instance, and from the caufses he assigns, few will 
 doiibt But the effect produced may not continue* 
 JFor though the principal cause of the chilliness of our 
 climate, compared with what it appears to have been 
 centuries ago, may be removed/w the present, yet, the 
 grand primary cause which produced the ice, whose 
 approximation deteriorated our climate, it is presumed 
 will continue to operate ; and what has happened by the 
 established general law of nature, may happen again. 
 Therefore, though it may be hoped, it certainly would be 
 " unreasonable to presume^" that, mprely on account of 
 the present accidental removal of some portion of ice, 
 " our Summer climate (and Winter too, when the 
 wind blows from the western quartej-) may henceforth 
 improve. Though no doubt it will iinpripve, if the ice 
 does not again collect in the pla^e from .vyljepqe ij; 
 
9 
 
 
 ice, 
 
 i 
 
 has lately been dislodged. But surely we have more 
 reason to fear it may^ because it has done so before, than 
 to presume we shall 'henceforth' have no more huge 
 icebergs drifting down to the southward in the wind's 
 eye of our island, and that therefore our climate may 
 improve. For whilst the universe continues to be gOf 
 verned by the unerring and unalterable laws of God, 
 mountains and fields of ice will doubtless continue to 
 be formed in the Polar regions of the north ; and when- 
 ever the winters are successively severe there, they 
 must accumulate, and no doubt find their way to the 
 southward, as they have done, 
 
 "With respect tp * the opportunity which the local 
 disappearance of the ice affords, of enquiring into the 
 fate of the long lost colony, on the eastern coast of Old 
 Greenland, it must be admitted to be favorable. And 
 should the east coast of Greenland continue to be as 
 free from ice as it is said to have been last year, it is 
 probable tl^e object may be attained.' — Great part of 
 fhis coast has since been visited and laid down by 
 Mr. Scoresby,' and also by Captain Sabine in His 
 M^esty's ship Griper. ;f 
 
 > *' The reviewer's third object is, *the facility the remo- 
 val of the ice offers, of correcting the very defective 
 geogrs^phy of the Arctic regions in our western hemi- 
 sphere; o( attempting the circumnavigation of Old 
 Greenland— a direct passage over the Pole — and the 
 n|iore circuitous one along the northern coast of Ame- 
 rica, into the Pacific' Certainly, ' any event that tends 
 to| encourage the attempt to amend the very defective 
 
 ' Mr. Scoresby has published an account of bis observations on 
 
 this coast ; which has also since been visited bj Captain Sabine in His 
 
 Majesty's ship lue C;::per. 
 
 Data. 
 
 - * •-«ir»#-«"-Hf ^ - w 
 
 1, ,* 
 
 '% 
 
 ^ 
 
10 
 
 geography of the Arctic regions, more especially on the 
 side of America, may be hailed as an important occur- 
 rence.* But let us see whether what itiay be Qnly 
 a localy and very partial, removal of ice collected in the 
 vicinity of Greenland, is likely to facilitate more, than 
 an examination of its eastern coast, or at most its cir- 
 cumnavig ation; and perhaps, of exploring the coast 
 of America, some distance io the north-west of Cum- 
 berland Island, if not to its north-east extremity. It is 
 very true that several circumstances may be adduced 
 in support of the opinion, that Greenland is either an 
 island, or an archipelago of islands, and none stronger 
 than the * perpetual ctirrent stated to set down to the 
 southward along the eastern coast of America, and the 
 western shores of Greenland.* *•" ' •' •*' 
 
 " But this current, though affording * a strong pre- 
 sumption' that * between I>avis* Straits and the great 
 Polar basin,' there is some communication, surely it 
 does not authorise us to presume, that there is an 
 ^uninterrupted commmncation.* On the contrary, it 
 seems probable that there must be islands or shoals be- 
 tween the north-west coast of Greenland and the north- 
 east coast of America, among which small masses of 
 ice, trees, and whales too, as Wfell as current, mat/ find 
 passage down Davis' Straits from the * Polar basin f 
 but which may be, and probably ere, so blocked up, geiie- 
 rally, by mountains and large fields of ice, as to present 
 an impassable barrier /or Ships, On account of this cur- 
 rent (if it exist,) it is certainly fair to presume that Ih6 
 northern part of Davis' Stiraits J^ mis-named iti the 
 charts as *a Bay;' for, if it were one, * it would be diffi- 
 cult to explain how a current that runs to the southward 
 perpetually (as we are told),' and sometimes with a 
 
II 
 
 
 velocity of four or live miles an hour, could originate in 
 the bottom of it !" 
 
 I mufit observe here that the reviewer's head seems 
 to have been so full of tlie ideal belief of an " open sea to 
 the northward of Davis' Straits, and extending all the 
 way to Behring's Straits, so as to allow of a communica- 
 tion, free and uninterrupted for ships between the Atlan- 
 tic and Pacific," as well as for his imaginary circumvolv- 
 ing current, that he never once allowed a fact to enter, 
 which would at once have destroyed that belief. — If he 
 had examined thelog-books of some of the Davis' Straits 
 whale-ships, he would have discovered, that for days 
 together, when laying.to, under little or no canvas, their 
 bearings of points on the west coasts lof Greenland, do 
 not alter perhaps a point of the compass either way ; 
 and therefore that no such ejptraordinary current could 
 possibly exist." Thi» simple fact must have struck Pho- 
 ca's mind as a seaman at once ; and though it seems to 
 have made him sceptical, he does not venture to contra- 
 dict the reviewer positively, but merely reserves himself 
 ior further proof y and pursues his subject with caution. — 
 " If'\ says he, " there is * an uninterrupted communica- 
 tion', that is, if there is no land, no shoals in the whole 
 space between Greenland and America, it appears very 
 probable that greater quantities of ice would pass 
 through that space with a current of such velocity, and 
 less find its way round Greenland. 
 
 " But we must first endeavor to decide, as well as we 
 can, how, and where the ice in the Polar regions is 
 formed ; in what directioa it is ^'oM/j/i irapelled by 
 winds and currents ; how these winds probably 
 
 •a 
 
 •lii' \ 
 
 i5; ■ f^KUl iXlVQitVi* 
 
 * Its non-exi»teace hsis been since proved by Captains Ro»s and 
 Parry. 
 
prevail in summer and wint^ ; and how the current 
 probably sets underneath as well as at the surface of the 
 water. For notwithstanding the writer of the article 1 
 am examining, apprehends * it will be found that the 
 currents of the ocean are entirely suj)erficial, where no 
 land intervenes ;' and though he says, * it would be 
 difficult to explain the perpetual egress of a current 
 from the Polar basin into the Atlantic, without admitt- 
 ing a supply through the only remaining opening 
 (Behring's Straits,) into that basin to supply the demand 
 of the current,' I yet firmly believe that there must be a 
 continual underflmo of water in the ocean, as well as su- 
 perficial currents ; otherwise * that universal motion of 
 the great deep' which he and all must allow, cannot sa- 
 tisfactorily be accounted for. How, then, it may be 
 asked, are these lower currents to be accounted for ? The 
 question is much easier to be put, than solved to the 
 satisfiiction of others. But I will endeavor to explain 
 the ideas I have on the subject, as well as I can; and 
 that too with all the diffidence of one, who knows that 
 though conjectures may perhaps be well founded, their 
 truth depends on experiment. -.n: 
 
 ** The conjectures I venture to offer are, however, 
 founded on the known and acknowleged properties of 
 Heat and cold. Heat is known to be the general cause 
 of the expan»on of air and water, and cold the cause 
 of compression. — Heat rarefies, and cold condenses. 
 The influence of the sun in ralrefying the atmosphere to 
 the greatest degree, between the tropics, together with 
 the earth's rotation ovi its axis, from w^t to east, would 
 produce a constant wind from east to west all round 
 the globe, j/' no land intervened ; because, the points of 
 greatest rarefaction being successively westward ; and 
 those eastward of eaph other, parting successively, as 
 
M 
 
 i'-li: 
 
 f'» 
 
 the Sim sets in their horizons, with part of the heat re- 
 ceived in bis passage over them, the motion of the at- 
 mosphere nearest the surface of the water must neces- 
 sarily be from east to west, following the apparent mo* 
 tion of the sun. We find this proved by fact, on those 
 portions of the gkjbe where the general law is not ob- 
 structed by causes of an opposite nature, arising from 
 terrene influence : viz., in the Pacific Ocean, between 
 America and the east coast of New Holland, and also 
 in the open sea between Africa and America. The 
 central medium line of greatest rarefaction, is the equa- 
 tor ; but according to the sun's declination north or 
 south, it will be more to the northward or southward. 
 The air thus rarefied in the lower regions of the atmo- 
 sphere surrounding the earth, and comprised within the 
 limits of the sun's path between the tropics, must be 
 continually ascending into the higher, and thence, north 
 of the equator, advancing towards the north pole; 
 and south of the line, towards the south pole ; till some^ 
 wherCf in its passage, it acquires that degree of con- 
 densation by cold, which compels it again to return, in 
 the lower strata, to the point of greatest rarefaction, to 
 undergo the same process. -^ 
 
 " This seems to be the grand general law of nature's 
 operation on the atmosphere, that by * universal mo- 
 tion, it may be preserved in a state of purity/ V } ir»t '*• 
 
 " Let us now enquire, whether Ibis salne law ii; not 
 equally applicable to that universal motion f>{ the gre^t 
 deep, which must be equally ^nedessary to its puritj, 
 and which we may therefore certainly presume does 
 
 ' This counter-flux from the equator to the poles, and vice versOt 
 is demonstrated by Mr. daniel iti his l^/eteorological Essays^ publisbisd 
 in 1823, who explains why, *<This i6teirchiin^ef 6f tUe p6ilkr ihd 
 equatorial atmospheres must tend to an equalisatioik of temperature.*' 
 
 t: 
 
 1 ■ 
 
14 
 
 take place on some general principle. We indeed al- 
 ready know, that the watery of the Pacific Ocean, and 
 of the Atlantic, between the tropics, where least ob- 
 structed by land, move {^t and n^ar the surface, in a si- 
 milar direction, nearly and genprs^lly, to that of the 
 wind. — When obstructed by lands, they take the vari' 
 ous turnings and windings, which ^he forms and tren- 
 dings of those lands, and other local causes, impose 
 
 on them. ..^r.., |>ir,r,.« ^jr >o> R.Mhr»» Iwi^^ 
 
 " If it be allowed, * that ihe influence of the sun, ixx, 
 rarefying the atmosphere to th^ greatest degree, between 
 the tropics, together with the earth's rotation on its axisj 
 from west to east, would produce (if no land interven- 
 ed) a constant wind from east to west,' may we nojt 
 suppose, if the same causes operate similarly, but 
 proportionally, on the waters of the ocean, that ///ey 
 must produce a similar effect, aQd oblige them to take 
 a like direction — that is, from east to west, at and 
 near the surface all round the globe, within the limits 
 of the sun's declination ? — If this general effect, then, be 
 admitted, on the ground it rests, we may presume, that 
 if there were a passage through the Isthmus of Darien 
 for the immense body of water, which continually 
 flows from east to west into the Caribbean Sea and Gulf 
 of Mexico, what is called the gulf-stream would no 
 longer exist. And as it seems probable, that the sur- 
 face of the water must be somewhat higher ' on the 
 eastern side of America thereaboutSt than on the other» 
 owing to the land's obstruction to the natural course of 
 the great equinoctial current, and the necessity impose^ 
 
 ^"^ From the observations made by Humboldt at the mouth of the Rio 
 Seoa in the Atlantic, and on the coast of the South Sea, it appears 
 *' there is a difference of level between the two seas, not exceeding 
 6 or 7 metres^or about 19 or 22 feet." , ,.v . 
 
15 
 
 
 if>« 
 
 on it, to find vent th though the Gulf of Florida, into the 
 Atlantic ; it is n6t unreasonable to conclude, that if this 
 accumulation of water was at liberty to flow through 
 the 'Continent of AmeWca, into the Pacific Ocean, the 
 sni'face of the sea, on this side (next the Atlantic) would 
 be lower than it now is ; so that parts of land, now 
 uhder water, Would be opposed to view. This effect 
 ^duid, hoWfever, be injurious to commerce with the 
 West Indies ; for it would render the homeward-bound 
 passage more difficult. Instead of a constant weather 
 current, to assist ships, it is pretty certain there would 
 b^ a lee one from the north-east, along the ea&t 
 cbast of Florida ; and its influence would most proba- 
 bly be felt, far up to the north-east ; from whence the 
 current of colder water would flow, nearier the surface 
 tban it now can, covered superficially as it is by the 
 warmer gulf-stream. The high degree of temperature 
 which this great body of water acquires, by the sun's 
 constant action upon it, being slowly reduced, during 
 it^ propelled progress to the north-east, it is probable, 
 that it may advance even beyond the banks of Newfound- 
 land, before it is reduced to the colder temperature of the 
 fluid beneath it, which must be flowing from the north- 
 ern regions of condensation towatrds the points of great- 
 est rarefaction and evaporation between the tropics, to 
 supply the place Of that, which the heat is as constantly 
 evaporating ^nd rarefying ; and so sending back in the 
 upper strata of the atmosphere, to the colder regions. — 
 The gulf-stream, thus propelled by lisiteral pressure, tip to- 
 wards the banks of Newfoundland, is seldom fbiind to 
 affect a ship, beyond those banks ; at the same time, it 
 is possible, that some of it may advance farther to the 
 northward, before that reduction is effected in its tem- 
 perature, which gives it a tendency to the southward . 
 
 I. 
 
 ^ 
 i 
 
Fqr, many articles, the produce of tropica) climes, and 
 somp, knmn to have been from the West Indies, have 
 |l)eei^ cast ashore on the coasts of Europe. Some of 
 these places being situated to the N.E. of Newfopnd* 
 land, it is difficult to believe that these articles could 
 liave been driven thither by the winds, and the swell pf 
 the sea only. For these, prevailing nearly as much froni 
 N.W. as S.W., would give them about an east direc^ 
 tion. And if they were immersed sufficiently to feel the 
 influence of the great underflow of cold fluid, from 
 the north, which brings the icebergs down to 39° qx 
 40° of latitude, they would move in an east-southerly di- 
 rection. It seems therefore reasonable to suppose, that 
 there may still be the remains of a northerly movement 
 of \yater at, and very near the surface, to cause bodies 
 floating there to make a course, as some have dom^ to 
 the northward of even E.N.E. from Newfoundland. 
 The great body of the gulf-stream is, however, much 
 reduced in temperature about the banks of Newfound- 
 land ; and in proportion as it feels the cold of the great 
 underflow from the north, it is turned gradually to the 
 eastward and southward, past the Western Islands. 
 Whether any part of it reaches the coast of England, 
 France, Portugal, or Spain, is a point much disputed. 
 It is possible^ however, that it may ; diverging, as it 
 appears to do, to the eastward, and southward. Sotne 
 of the fluid that composed it may find its way to the 
 northward of Cape Finisterre, and add something to the 
 great body o( vi^ater which the western swell heaves 
 into the Bay of Biscay ; and proceeding to the north- 
 ward, along the coast of France, sets over from Ushant 
 beyond Cape Clear ; till meeting with a fluid belov^^ of 
 a colder degree than its own, it perhaps gradually jp^ins 
 the polar stream to the southward according to its depth 
 
 I 
 
17 
 
 and temperature. Some ofthe waters of the gulf stream, 
 it is possible (though hardly that), may assist in supply- 
 ing the water expended by evaporation in the Mediter- 
 ranean, whose tusrfaicej therefore, it is presumed, must be 
 lower than that of the Atlantic, as the constant current 
 setting into it seems to prove. Some philosophers, 
 indeed, suppose that the quantity of water, continually 
 admitted through the gut of Gibraltar into the Mediter- 
 ranean, is greater than can be expended by evapora- 
 tion ; and that, therefore, there must be a counter current 
 setting out underneath. To establish this opinion, it 
 seems necessary, first, to prove that the temperature of 
 the Mediterranean is 16wer generally than that of the 
 Atlantic. For if it be higher (as is most probable), the 
 surpf^xs, \f there were any, and allowing their surfaces to 
 be equal" (and Phoca should have added, their specific 
 grtroitiesthe same)," wo\i\dj I presume, runout at the sur^ 
 face, and the supply be received in underneath, which 
 is contrary to fact. Though I have supposed it barely 
 possible that some of the gulf stream may cross the At- 
 lantic, I by no means say that it is so. On the contrary, 
 it is little felt by ships, far to the eastward of the 
 Azores ; but in the vicinity of thoseislands, the south- 
 east portion of it gradually tarns to the southward, 
 and as it advances in that direction, soon feeling the 
 impulse again ofthe grand equinoctial current, is com- 
 pelled to partake of its westerp motion : thu^ forming 
 a sortof circular eddy, which rtfiiy be comprised between 
 the latitude of about IB** pi^ Id* North, and the parallel 
 ofthe Western Islands'; and from about the longitude 
 of 2^" to 43° West. Within these limits, the gulf weed is 
 found, floating on the surface, where I suppose it origi- 
 nates, lives its appointed time, and ' decays, like any 
 other vegetable production; and I believe it is i^rely 
 
 Data. C 
 
1 
 
 >l 
 
 or never met with beyond these Hmits. Though 1 hare 
 admitted the bare possibility, that some of the gulf 
 stream may enter the strait of Gibraltar, I cannot agree 
 with the writer of the article in the Quarterly Review, 
 when he says (speaking of the gulf stream), that it is of 
 sufficient force and quantity to make its influence be felt 
 in the distant * Strait of Gibraltar.' Thus, implying (if 
 I understand him right), that this ' force and quantity' 
 of the gulf stream are primary causes of the constant 
 current into the strait. On the contrary, thinking, as 
 I do, that the causes of this constant flow of water into 
 the Mediterranean are of a purely local nature, connect- 
 ed exclusively with that sea ; I therefore think it most 
 probable that if the great equinoctial currentflowed (as I 
 presumeitwould, were there a sufficient passage) through 
 the Continent of America, into the Pacific ; and conse- 
 quently annihilated the present gulf stream, there would 
 still be the very same flow of water into the Mediter- 
 ranean as there is now, as long as the sun's power con- 
 tinued, and the localities exclusively belonging to that 
 sea remained the same. In short, I am of opinion that 
 the waters of the Atlantic (approximate to the Strait of 
 Gibraltar) feel the influence of purely Mediterranean 
 causes ; and that neither * the force' nor * quantity' of 
 the gulf stream have any effect whatever in causing the 
 current that runs into the Mediterranean. It is well 
 known, by experience, that this current is strongest 
 with easterly gales ; in the hottest weather, with wind at 
 the same time ; and is diminished during the prevalence 
 of westerly winds, and is weaker in winter generally 
 than in summer.* But to return : — The winds and sur- 
 
 ' The opinions of men of science are still divided as to the cause of the 
 constant current which runs into the Mediterranean, through the strait 
 of Gibraltar. In turning over the Annual Register for the year 176O, 
 
19 
 
 as 
 
 face currents in the Pacific Ocean are influenced, 
 generally, in a similar way, by the sun's power, as tho^^e 
 
 a short time ago, I observed an essay, written by Mr. Waiz, of the 
 Royal Society of Stockholm, to exphiin this cause. It is ingenious, 
 but not quite satisfactory, because his facts are at variance with each 
 other. Mr. Waiz computes that " the water, which is received annually 
 into the Mediterranean, by the straits, and from the Nile, and all the 
 rivers which fall into the Black Sea, and flow through the strait of Con> 
 stantinople, cannot raise its surface less than thirty feet : and the annual 
 evaporation to lower it s^bout f orty-f our feet." He then says that *' if 
 the Mediterranean had lost annually, since it first existed, this quan- 
 tity of water, by evaporation, it would, long before now, have been 
 reduced to a vast mass of indurated salt." And yet, he adds, " in the 
 many thousand years, since this sea has been known, this metamor- 
 phosis has not taken place, but even its waters, as far as we know, 
 are not become more salt." He therefore feels himself obliged to give 
 up evaporation, and " seek some other expedient to get rid of its 
 redundant waters." What redundant waters ? Has he not computed 
 the evaporation to be sufficient to lower its surface 44 feet, and its 
 supply through the strait of Gibraltar, and the Dardanelles, as well as 
 by all the rivers, which flow into it, as only sufficient to raise it annu- 
 ally 30 feet? Thus, so far from there being any redundancy of water 
 io the Mediterranean, an annually increased supply would be required, 
 and not an expedient to get rid of what he himself proves it cannot 
 have. The expedient he has recourse to, however, is a double current, 
 which be first proposes to ascertain with all possible exactness, and 
 then to reconcile it to the laws of hydrostatics. As a proof (to him) 
 of the existence of this under current, from east to west, out of the 
 Mediterranean (which he assumes to be salter and heavier), he men- 
 tions (and others have repeated it) a story of a " Dutch transport 
 vessel having been beaten to pieces by a French ship of war, in the 
 middle of the strait of Gibraltar, between Tariffa and Tangier ; the 
 wreck of this vessel, with some casks, and other /tg-A^ things, appeared, 
 after some days, on the surface of the water, four English miles to the 
 westt towards the Spanish sea." Mr. Waiz then observes, ** If the di- 
 rection of the current were the same at the bottom, as on the surface, 
 from west to east, these wrecks could not have raised themselves 
 against the current, so as to swim at top." If we may here assume 
 that Mr. Waiz believed, that this wreck, with the casks and other 
 
20 
 
 between Africa and America, making however due 
 allowance for the difference of the formation and posi* 
 
 I 
 
 light things, did not float on the surface, but immediately wnArdown 
 to the Bottom (the term he uses) , or at least into a fluid of that de- 
 gree of saltness and gravity which (as he aiterwards attempts to prove, 
 by experiment) must give it a direction to the west, and carry these 
 light articles along with it, — I would ask, then. If the fluid at the sur* 
 face were, as he must allow, less salt, or specifically lighter than that 
 beneath it, in proportion to its depth, yet still how could these light 
 articles sink to that convenient depth, unless their specific gravity was 
 greater than it V And if greater (which however can hardly be ad" 
 mitted), by what law could they, when carried far enough to the west- 
 watxi, as conveniently rai^e themselves again to the surface, and be 
 observed floating in a medium, that could not support them before 1 
 
 But the truth is, the fact, if it be one, proves, if it prove any 
 thing (taking it for granted, that the light substances specified would 
 have floated in the surface fluid), that they must have been driven 
 within the influence of that surface counter current, which every man 
 who has had experience in the strait of Gibraltar, knows, does set to 
 the westward, close in, both on the Barbary and Spanish shores. 
 
 Mr. Waiz, on the authority of Count Marsigli, assumes the exist* 
 ence of an under and surface current (in opposition to each other) 
 through the strait of Constantinople. He says, " that the salt water 
 enters at the bottom into the Black Sea, and is then rendered lighter 
 by the quantity of fiesb water that runs into it ; after which, it flows 
 again in the same strait, above the salt water, into the Mediterranean, 
 as is seen in the strait of Gibraltar." He also says, " The currents 
 are stronger at Constantinople than at Gibraltar, because the differ- 
 etice in the degrees of saltness, of the water which comes in and that 
 which goes out, is greater, namely, according to Marsigli, 73 to 62 1 
 whereas it is not so great in the strait of Spain." 
 
 The tbfcory of this under current, in the strait of Gibraltai is 
 thus explained by Mr. Waiz: *' As there is a continual and copious 
 discharge of salt water into the Mediterranean, a great part of this 
 water deposits its salt by evaporation ; therefore what is left always 
 remains more salt, and consequently more weighty. Supposing then 
 the surfaces of the two seas, the Atlantic and the Mediterranean, to 
 be efuaF (a supposition, however, without facts to support it), ** their 
 gfavitj would not be equal ; but the water of the Mediterranean, as the 
 
m\ IS 
 ipious 
 this 
 wayb 
 then 
 . to 
 their 
 sthe 
 
 •( 
 
 21 
 
 lions of intervening lands. For these obstract thd 
 uniform general tendency of the winds and carrents 
 
 most weighty, would press on that of the Atlantic, and the two seas 
 wonld run together, till the waters became of equal weight, so that 
 the Mediterranean would necessarily be lowest. When this happens, 
 the water of the Atbntic, which is highest, cannot take its course 
 through the strait but by a higher current, by rae&ns of which it 
 spreads itself in the Mediterranean ; but this would augment th<i 
 weight, ahready the greatest, of the water of the latter, which cannot 
 get away, but by opening itself a passage underneath, and forming au 
 inferior opposite current in the strait. This is sufficient to produce 
 the two currents, and to perpetuate them wifhout interruption." 
 
 The experiment to prove this hypothesis to be in agreement with 
 the laws of hydrostatics, is then thus described by Mr. Waiz. " Take a 
 long box, divided into two by a board fixed id the middle ; let there 
 be a small hole in the board which you can shut at pleasure. Fill one 
 end of the box with water, and the other with oil, to an equal height. 
 On hastily opening the hole, in the board thafdivides them, the water, 
 which is the heaviest, will be seen to run into the end of the box 
 where the oil is. On the contrary, the oil will be carried in the same 
 manner, and at the same time, into that end where the water is, over 
 which it will spread itself. It may indeed be objected, that, as oil 
 cannot mix with water, it must get at top, but the same thing happens 
 to two waters of unequal gravity, when one is coloured and much 
 Salter than the other." 
 
 This hypothesis of Mr. Waiz stands on pretty sure ground, and 
 may be applicable to the Mediterranean, if its waters are proved to 
 be Salter, and consequently heavier, than those of the Atlantic. Some 
 philosophers, taking this for granted, have adopted and supported it, 
 in preference to that of Dr. Halley, who was of opinion that the 
 quantity of water cvaj>orated from the Mediterranean, exceeds tli« 
 supply every way necessary to equalize its surface with that of the 
 Atlantic. This Mr. Waiz also admits to be the fiict ; and sets out by 
 proving \i. 
 
 Colonel Capper, whose " Observations on the Winds and Monsoons," 
 tlK igh published in the year 1801 I never happened to meet with 
 till last week, says, at page 202, on this question of evaporation being 
 the cause : " In summer the land is always much hotter than water, 
 and the surrounding air on land is much more dry ; consequently the 
 
 i r 
 
 m- 
 
22 
 
 M 
 
 from east to west ; therefore from the east coast of 
 New Holland to the east ccast of Africa, and within 
 
 evaporation of all Mediterrauean or inland seas must be infinitely 
 geater thrin that of the ocean, in the same parallels, where the air is 
 already saturated, and continues in the same temperature many days 
 successively. Besides, it roust be remembered, that the water evapo- 
 rated from Mediterranean seas, is immediately in summer conveyed to- 
 wards the land, where great part of it remains, being there precipita- 
 ted in rain, for the benefit of the earth, or retained on the summit of 
 the mountains in the form of ice and snow ; and even the remainder 
 is but slowly returned into the different seas and lakes, through the 
 channels of the adjacent rivers. The quantity of water thus raised in 
 vapour, and retained there, for these beneficial purposes, can only be 
 supplied by a constant current from that part of the north Atlantic, 
 with which it immediately communicates. 
 
 ** Should this hypothesis, on further examination, be considered as 
 well founded, it will serve also to account for the equatorial currents ; 
 for during the equinoxes, and for some weeks preceding and following 
 them, the evaporation near the equator must be very considerable ; 
 the water adjacent will therefore flow in to supp'y the deficiency, and 
 consequently in all parts of the ocean, where it is not obstructed by 
 land, will produce, at this season, opposite currents from the two poles 
 to the equator. But an exact account of the currents in the Atlantic, 
 kept for one year, would verify or refute this system ; and the strength 
 of the current at different sea ions, frim the ocean to the Mediterra- 
 nean, through the strait of Gibraltar, would afford very useful infor- 
 mation on this subject." 
 
 Among those who appear to have adopted the theory of Mr. Waiz, 
 is a writer in a popular critical review. No. 28, for May 1 8l6. He says : 
 ** We mean not tc support the truth of Dr. Halley's theory ; we know it 
 is liable to a multitude of objections, from which the old notion of an 
 under current, setting out of the strait, is entirely free ; and if it has 
 been proved experimentally, what should be the case theoretically, 
 that the water of the Mediterranean is more salt, and consequently of 
 greater specific gravity than that of the Atlantic, it is as necessary 
 that the former should rush out underneath, and the latter rush in 
 above, as that the flame of a candle should be driven by the cold air 
 through [under] the bottom of a door into the room, while the more 
 rarefied air carries t outward at the top of the door. This under 
 
!'; 
 
 23 
 
 the limits of the sun's declination, the winds and cur- 
 rents are periodical, according to his place. But it 
 
 curreut, and the two lateral currents which Tofino" (and every one 
 has) " found constantly setting outwards, along the shores of Europe 
 and Africa, at new and full moon, afford a more satisfactory solution 
 of the problem, than the unequal effect of evaporation." 
 
 Now it appears to me that all he facts we do know are in favour 
 of Dr. Halley's theory, and against that of a counter under current, 
 which is tenable only after it shall be proved that the surfaces of the 
 Mediterranean and Atlantic ever were, or are, equal ; and that the 
 waters of the former are specifically heavier (and colder too) at 
 equal depths than those of the Atlantic. 
 
 At present, these two necessary data are little better than supposi- 
 tions. But sound arguments are not to be built on suppositions. 
 The first supposition, Mr. Waiz, in particular, had no claim to make 
 as a groundwork for his hypothesis : for he sets out with computing 
 " the quantity of evaporation as sufficient to lower the surface of the 
 Mediterranean about 44 /eef annually ; but the supply received into 
 it, as only sufficient to raise it 30 feet annually." So that by his owq 
 showing, so far from his being entitled to suppose the surfaces of the 
 Mediterranean and Atlantic to be, or ever to have been, equal ; that 
 of the former, if his computation were correct, would have been lowered 
 14 feet, every succeeding year. Now, so great a disparity between 
 the annual supply of water to the Mediterranean, and its expenditure 
 by some cause, be it what it may, is disproved by past and present ex- 
 perience. For no such diminution of the water in the Mediterranean 
 has taken place. Its surface is of the same height n ' 'v as it has 
 been in all ages. That its surface is lower generally than that of the 
 Black Sea, and of the Atlantic, we want no calculation to show : the 
 constant flow of the first through the Strait of Constantinople, and of 
 the Atlantic into it through the Gut of Gibraltar, are facts before our 
 eyes which prove it agreeably to the laws of hydrostatics. And accord- 
 ing to the same laws, if ever the supply to the Mediterranean should 
 so far exceed the expenditure by evaporation, as to realize Mr. Waiz's 
 supposititious theory of equal surfaces, then the effect he showed by 
 his box experiment may take place, provided the waters of the Medi- 
 terranean be specifically heavier, salter, and colder, at equal depths, 
 than those of the Atlantic. Butif they are nearly of equal specific gravity 
 (which, notwithstanding a few partial experiments to the contraryj 
 
 
 ^ 
 
f 
 
 I 
 
 would be leadii^ us too far out of the way, to attempt 
 to trace the currents in the Indian seas, influenced as 
 they are, so variously, and oppositely, in their direction 
 and velocity, at different seasons, by tfaie Monsoons and 
 the bodies of land within their limits. Suffice it to say 
 what more particularly applies to the North Padficand 
 will lead us again to the Arctic fegions* "< - ^ ' » ^ '^^ ^ 
 
 ** Having said, that the air is rarefied and raised in 
 the atmosphere, and that the greatest degtee of evapo- 
 ration is effected between the. west coast of Afriea; and 
 the east coast of America; and tbat»or^/t of tJie liiie» the 
 fluid is so returned towards the North Pole, and being 
 condensed somewhere in its passage by cold, it perhaps 
 supplies with water some of the rivers which discharge 
 into the seas of the temperate zone or into the North 
 Polar Ocean ; and, whether falling in rain, hail, or snow, 
 upon the earth or not, it ultimately finds its way into 
 the Ocean. And according to the temperature propon- 
 tionate to its depth, the water takes a direction towards 
 the regions of equatorial heat ; is again raised by that 
 beat to the surface, and again evaporated. Experiments 
 in the Ocean have proved, that when xl.e temperature 
 of the atmosphere exceeds that of the surface of the sea, 
 the superiicip] water is generally warmer than that at 
 certain depths beneath it (I say generally^ because 213 
 soundings, and confined waters, local causes effect many 
 
 w probably the case), and the surface of the Mediterrauean be at all 
 times UmtT than tlwt <^the Atlantic, then the perpetual How of the 
 snrface <}f llie latter into the Mediterranean must be the c^seqaence, 
 as ocft^al^ as any other effect follows its proper antece^itnt cause. 
 Nay, ei«a if ^^w^RmI Setf had any channel of communication with the 
 McdhemnMB, iU waiers also wookl flow into it, because the sur&ce 
 •f the RedSea, I should sHppose>mi»l be higher than that of the other, 
 iai obvioas reasons." 
 
 i 
 
 I 
 
25 
 
 e:vc€ptions to this general rule), and, in all probability, the 
 greater the depth the colder the fluid in that case. And 
 as we know that when the air (or water) receives an in- 
 crease of heat, its parts will be put in motion towards 
 that heat, it follows, that the colder water throughout its 
 whole depth must have a tendency to flow towards the 
 point of greatest heat, and therefore be continually 
 rising towards the surface in the equatorial regions. — • 
 This probably is the routine of the general movement of 
 the atmosphere, and the waters of the Ocean, between 
 Europe, Africa, and America, and from the arctic re- 
 gions to the equator.' And it seems no less probable, 
 
 ' Colonel Capper, in his " Observations on the Winds and Mon- 
 soons," sa}'s, at page 130, " In the next place, I shall attempt to show 
 by what means the atmosphere is supplied with water; in what man- 
 ner the winds are rendered the vehicle for conveying this moisture to 
 the earth ; and by what means these waters are again returned to the 
 sea, carrying with ihem the salts from the land, so as to keep up th^ 
 saltness of the ocean. 
 
 " In the absence of the sun in the winter solstice, immense masses 
 of ice and snow are collected, in the polar regions, which by these 
 means become so many reservoirs of water, de}Sosited there by the 
 hand of Nature, in a solid form, until the return of the sun, when they 
 are in part dissolved, and being again put in circulation, serve to in- 
 crease the quantity of the water in the sea. 
 
 "During the whole of the summer solstice, in each hemisphere, in- 
 cluding the three hottest months, the quantity of ice and snow thus 
 dissolved must be prodigious. If when this operation is performing 
 the sun was suddenly to disappear, and this mass of water to be again 
 immediately congealed, the first dissolution would have taken place 
 in vain : but the course of the sun is gradual, and as he continues his 
 progress, either north or south, one atmosphere is progressively 
 warmed, whilst the other is proportionably cooled : with the former a 
 vacuum is formed, which is filUd up by the cold denser «ir put i6 
 motion by its gravity to restore the equilibrium: this motion of the 
 air consequeutly conveys with it the increased body of water /rom th« 
 polar regions, and carries this additional mass towards the (mpics and 
 the equator. 
 
 Data. P 
 
 .1:1 
 
 ^ !• 
 
 U 
 
that in the Pacific they are subject to the same general 
 laws. For there also the great equatorial current is in 
 constant motion to the westward ; and like the gulf- 
 stream, and from causes, too, in some points similar, it 
 gradually turns to the northward when it approaches 
 the lands to the northward of New Guinea and the 
 Philippine Islands, being perhaps at the same time in- 
 fluenced by currents setting in a different direction; 
 more particularly during the prevalence of the south- 
 west monsoon in the Indian and China seas. Near the 
 coast of Japan the current has been found to set N.E. 
 by N., at the rate of five miles an hour : at 18 leagues 
 distance, about three knots, in the same direction ; but 
 at a greater distance from the land it inclined more to 
 the eastward ; and at t»0 leagues from the land it set 
 E.N.E., three miles an hour ; then (Hke the gulf-stream) 
 inclinhig gradually to the southward ; so that at the 
 distance of 120 leagues from the coast of Nipon, its 
 direction was S.E., and its rate not more than a knot. 
 From this current setting generally to the N.E., along 
 the coast of Japan, more or less strong, according to 
 the season of the year, it appears that the motion 
 of the air and waters, between the west coast of 
 America and New Holland, and all the lands north- 
 ward towards Behring's Strait, is similar to that north 
 of the Equator, between Africa, Europe and America. 
 It is therefore presumable, that though a superficial cur- 
 rent may run into Behring's Strait, there must also be 
 one running out of it underneath^ if there be no obstruc- 
 
 ,^.," When the polar currents of air and water, if we may use this ex- 
 pression, reach the torrid zone, the constant heat of the sun, which 
 Is increased likewise by the heat of the earth as it approaches the 
 land', causes a considerable increase of evaporation, or in common 
 language, a distillation of the sea water, leaving behind in the ocean 
 .all its saline qualities." 
 
^ 
 
 lerica. 
 il cur- 
 Iso be 
 Istruc- 
 
 tion, and the principles this theory rests on are correct. 
 But the writer of the article I am examining is of opi- 
 nion that * the constant circular motion, and inter* 
 change of waters between the Pacific and the Atlantic ' 
 must be by Behring's Strait ; otherwise ' it would be dif-* 
 ficult to explain the perpetual egress of a current from 
 the Polar basin into the Atlantic, without admitting a 
 supply through the only remaining opening into that 
 basin, to answer the demand of the current/ I admit 
 the probability of a surface current into the Strait, for 
 the reasons already given, and believe there may be 
 one, because it is mentioned thus in Cook's Voyage : 
 
 * We were now convinced that we bad been under the 
 influence of a strong current setting to the north, that 
 had caused an error in our latitude of 20 miles. In 
 passing this Strait last year we experienced the same 
 eflfect. On the 12th of July, when within the Strait, in 
 latitude 69*. 37', and half way between the two conti- 
 nents, the current was found to set N.W. at the rate of 
 one knot.' This proves there was a surface current* 
 though a small one, both at the entrance and to the 
 northward of the Strait. But what have we to found 
 the supposition on, that the waters may be * rushing 
 out ' (that is, in from the Pacific, I suppose is meant) 
 
 * with the greatest violence under the Floodgatey which 
 means * the impenetrable barrier of ice which stopped 
 the progress of Cook's successors ? ' 
 
 ** The author of the article in question supposes 
 that * if the Polar basin should prove to be free from 
 land about the Pole, it will also be free of ice,' and 
 that this may be the case is not improbable, in the 
 summer season : not, however, because Of the non-ex- 
 istence of land, but for other reasons, which shall be 
 explained by and by. He also supposes that th^ 
 
 
 m 
 
 lii.i 
 
sd 
 
 barrier of ice which stopped the progress of Cook's suc- 
 cessors was moveable, or no where touched the bottom. 
 The writer of Cook's Voyage was of the same opinion 
 as to the ice nearest the ship, though that opinion rested 
 on a foundation that might not, perhaps, equally apply 
 to the larger masses of ice further to the northward, and 
 not seen. His words are : — ' We had twice traversed 
 the sea, in lines nearly parallel to the run we had just 
 made, and in the first of those traverses we were not 
 able to penetrate so far north, by eight or ten leagues, 
 as in the second ; and that in the last, we had again 
 found an united body of ice, generally about five 
 leagues to the southward of its position in the preceding 
 run. As this proves that the large compact fields of 
 ice which we saw were moveable, or diminishing, at the 
 same time, it does not leave any well-founded expecta- 
 tion of advancing much further in the most favorable 
 season.' 
 
 . " Though this proves that the floating ice seen 
 shifted its position, both to the northward and to the 
 southward, but chiefly the latter, as will be soon further 
 proved — yet it does not prove that the larger masses 
 to the northward, perhaps, which they did not s6e, 
 m.^ght not be immoveable, by grounding on the bottom, 
 if the water became shoaler in that direction, as our 
 navigators found it wast as far as they advanced. Now 
 should there have been any immoveable masses of ice 
 to the northward, it would in some degree explain 
 why the current, which the writer in the review sup- 
 poses to set with such * violence * from the Pacific, 
 0hould not have carried the ice away with it towards 
 the Pole, where there may be none. But, if the whcde 
 of this ice was moveable, it proves that whether there 
 was a small current setting to the northward, or not. 
 
29 
 
 and whether at the surface or the bottom, or both, 
 there must have been a stronger current from the north- 
 ward, or something else, which still more powerfully 
 impelled the ice to the southward, in defiance of the 
 other, as well as of the wind, which appears to have 
 been generally from the south-west when strongest. It 
 is said in Cook's Voyage, * It may be observed, that in 
 the year 1778> we did not'meet with the ice till we ad- 
 vanced to the latitude of 70", ofi the 17th of August ; 
 and that then we found it in compact bodies, extend- 
 ing as far as tha eye could reach, and of which a part 
 or the whole was moveable ; since by drifting down upon 
 us (from the northward) we narrowly escaped being 
 hemmed in between it and the land.' On the Asiatic 
 side they encountered extensive fields of ice, and 
 were sure to meet with it about the latitude of 70°, 
 quite across, whenever they attempted to stand to the 
 northward. On the 26th of August they were ob- 
 structed by it in 69i°, in such quantities as made it 
 quite impossible to pass either to the north or west. 
 In the second attempt they cOuld do little more, for 
 they were never able to approach the continent of 
 Asia higher than 67** ; nor that of America, in any part, 
 than 68°, or 68°. 20' north. But in the last attempt 
 they were obstructed by the ice three degrees further to 
 the southward, and their endeavors to push further to 
 the northward were principally confined to the mid 
 space between the two coasts. ? 
 
 ** Now all this does not seem to favor the supposition 
 of a current * rushing in' from the Pacific through Behr- 
 ing's Strait, with such velocity, as it may fairly be sup- 
 posed a body of water would have, of sufficient quan- 
 tity to supply the southerly current, * setting perpetu- 
 ally into the Atlantic on both sides of Gmenland, not 
 
30 
 
 
 
 ' 
 
 
 only when the ice is melting, but when the sta isfreez' 
 ing* Indeed, if we do but consider for a moment the 
 quantity of water that may be supposed to flow through 
 so extensive a space as Davis's Strait, * with a ve- 
 locity of four, and sometimes even five miles an hour;* 
 and then add to that the amazing quantity setting as 
 constantly to the southward, in the still greater space 
 to the eastward of Greenland and Spitzbergen, it does 
 certainly appear to be improbable, nay, impossible, that 
 a current of at least equal, or of double velocity, and 
 occupying the full extent in depth and breadth of 
 Behring's Strait, would be at all adequate to answer the 
 demand ; much less, so trifling a current as we are 
 warranted hy facts to believe there ii. For in Cook's 
 Voyage, the remarks on this matter are thus summed 
 up : — * By comparing the reckoning with the observa- 
 tions, we found the currents to set different ways, yet 
 more from south-west than any other quarter. We 
 again tried the currents, and found them unequal, but 
 never exceeding one mile an hour. Whatever their 
 direction might be, their effect was so trifling, that no 
 conclusion respecting the existence of a passage to the 
 northward could be drawn from them.' 
 
 It is presumed, that all the currents here spoken 
 of were superficial ; but even admitting they extended 
 quite across the Strait, and flowed the same way 
 throughout its whole depth, still it seems quite beyond 
 the bounds of possibility that the quantity of water so 
 admitted, and with a rate of flow * so trifling,' could be 
 sufficient for the supply of the currents *>■ setting to the 
 southward perpetually, through the other /aw open* 
 tng», (Baifln's sea being doubted then) into the At- 
 Jftntic.*^'^ "y^'^^^-v^ •''/.; 
 
 ^' Judging from such facts as are before us, that* a 
 
part, and but a very small part, of the demand to sup- 
 ply the southern current, comes in from the Pacific 
 through Behring's Strait, it is necessary to inquire, From 
 what sources then is all the water so flowing out of the 
 polar regions derived ? I have supposed the currents 
 to bo produced (at least the motion of the great deep) 
 generally by evaporation in the equatorial regions of 
 heat, and by cold returned in various ways in the 
 atmosphere, by land and by sea, into the northern re- 
 gions, even as far as the Pole. For though * tlie way 
 of the Almighty is,' as tlie Psalmist says, * in the sea, 
 and his path in the deep waters,' yet it is also as 
 surely in the clouds of heaven. And though his foot- 
 steps are not known certainly, yet it is permitted us 
 humbly to endeavor to trace them. 
 
 " Whether or not there be any increase of water from 
 the melting of the ice in the Polar sea, so as to cause a 
 current to the south, appears not to be very material, 
 and perhaps has little to do with the general quantity 
 in the * Polar basin.* In all probability, it remains 
 nearly the same at all times, whether there is more or 
 less ice ; that is, taking the ice and water together to 
 make up that quantity. I agree with the reviewer, that 
 * those who could suppose the melting of the ice to 
 afford such a supply, would betray a degree of igno- 
 rance greater, perhaps, than that of not being aware 
 of the very little influence which an arctic 'summer 
 exerts on fields of ice, perpetually surrounded as they 
 are by a freezing atmosphere created by themselves!'- 
 However, there is no subject, perhaps, on which opi- 
 nions have been more at variance than on the melting 
 of the ice in the polar regions, as well as where and 
 how it is formed. St. Pierre went so far as to suppose 
 it was the cause of the tides \ but he does not appear 
 
 m 
 
 ;'.4| 
 
I 
 
 ■ 
 
 II 
 
 to have been a * plain matter-of-fact man/ but of fancy 
 and imagination. 
 
 "Others think the ice does not melt at all, or at 
 least very little, even in summer. If ice, when once 
 formed (be it how it may) round and along the coasts 
 of these regions, does not melt at all, there must be a 
 constant increase, so long as that ice is ' surrounded 
 perpetually by a freezing atmosphere created by itself,' 
 which the reviewer tells us it * mostly is, even in sum- 
 mer :* and if so, we may fairly presume it always is 
 in winter, • 
 
 " At this rate, with the exception of what may make 
 its escape through Davis's Strait, and to the eastward 
 of Greenland, it would necessarily be always advancing 
 towards the Pole, (admitting the land to be the place 
 of its first formation) and close over it ; unless we can 
 find some probable cause counteracting this effect of 
 perpetual frost. And perhaps we are warranted in 
 supposing that there exists some such cause. Indeed 
 it seems more than probable, that the process of freez- 
 ing and melting may be going on in the arctic regions, 
 on the same body of ice, (if of magnitude to be suffici- 
 ently immersed,) at the same timey and perhaps in the 
 winter, as well as the summer. 
 
 " Water is a compound of ice and caloric. The 
 temperature of ice is 32° ; and whilst surrounded by a 
 temperature equal, it will remain ice. But whenever 
 the temperature of the atmosphere exceeds 32°, and 
 continues so long enough for the body of ice to receive 
 a sufficiency of caloric to effect its dissolution, it will do 
 so. It is probable, that the temperature of the atmo- 
 sphere, even in the arctic regions, in summer will some- 
 times exceed 32°, and the more, perhaps, the nearer the 
 Pole; and whenever it does, sufficiently, the effect on 
 ice is obvious. 
 
i 
 
 I 
 
 *' This seems suficicnt to be said, on the probability 
 of ice above water meltinj;^ in the Arctic regions in 
 summer, if the temperature of the atmosphere ever 
 sufficiently exceeds 32". In the winter, as the tempe- 
 rature of the atmosphere must be constantly below 
 that, of course the freeaing above water will be as 
 constant, though the surface of the sea itself will pro* 
 bably not freeze tiU at a temperature much below 30°, 
 even in a motionless state. The same body of ice, 
 whilst freezing abore water, that is, increasing in size 
 and extent by snow, hail, and the salt water freezing 
 in washing over it, may perhaps, at the same time, be 
 melting under water ; and this process will probably 
 be accelerated according to the magnitude of the mass, 
 and the depth of its immemon. For, when the at- 
 mosphere is colder than the surface of the sea, the 
 water will (in proportion, perhaps, to its depth) be 
 found warmer by some degrees, than at the surface ; 
 and though few experiments have yet been made to 
 establish the fact, yet sufficient lO warrant this conclu^ 
 sion. Thus in summer, if the temperature of the at* 
 mosphere should be 32°, and the surface of the sea 
 {clear of land and soundings) three or four degrees 
 higher, that of the water below would probably be 
 much higher still ; so that the portion of a large mass 
 of ice, aboive the surface of the sea, would remain ice, 
 and augment ; and the other portion of it betoiWy being 
 immersed in a temperature exceeding the point of 
 congelation, tvould probably be melting and decreas- 
 ing. The well attested facts, of large bodicfii of ice 
 having been seen to capsize or turn bottom up, prove 
 that their centres of gravity are altered, by either an 
 increase of their bulk aboive, or a diminution of it 
 below, according to the excess of either effect. Upoii 
 
 Data. £ 
 
34 
 
 the whole, however, il seems probable, that in the Arc- 
 tic regions the; process of freezing in the atmosphere 
 exceeds that of melting under water, particularly on 
 those smaller masses of ice which are immersed the 
 least, and therefore there must be a general increase 
 of ice in the * Polar basin,' from the Pole (if the ice 
 originates U -re) towards the lands surrounding the 
 
 * basin ;' or from those lands (if the ice first forms there) 
 up towards the Pole. On this question, too, opinions 
 ha> e been various. Every circumstance seems to weigh 
 cgainst the opmion of its greatest formation being about 
 the Pole, except one, and that is, because the sea 
 water there will probably contain ^east salt. I am 
 disposed to believe that it must also be much colder 
 in the winter, at the surface of the sea near the PoiCf 
 than any where else. In the part of the Polar basin 
 further to the southward, where it is bounded by land, 
 it is to be presumed that the general prevailing winds 
 are from S.W. to N.W., particularly the former, in bad 
 weather ; northevly, and easterly, when most settled and 
 fine. If so, it is to be supposed there will be a current 
 generally prevailing from the westward to the east- 
 ward, partaking at the same time of that general 
 tendency of the fluid to move southward from the Pole, 
 which I imagine it will be found to have, from the 
 coldness of its temperature " [meaning, I suppose, as 
 compared with the progressively increasing general 
 temperature of the sea from the Pole towards the Equa- 
 tor]. "These two general combined impulses, ope- 
 rating on moveable bodies, floating on the surface of 
 the Arctic seas, must impel them in an east-southerly 
 direction, all round the globe : being, in fact, that 
 
 * circumvolving current,' v/hich the reviewer mentions, 
 
 * as carrying fir, larch, aspen, and other trees, the pro-: 
 
■K. 
 
 ope- 
 ice of 
 therly 
 
 that 
 lions, 
 
 pro-: 
 
 
 iluce of bolh Asia and Amenca, from the Polar basin 
 through the outlet into the northern ocean." The 
 * puzzling' diagram, as Phoca terois it, as well as the 
 remarks he makes on the reviewer's ingenuity, in hav- 
 ing so happily * assisted ' the reader in the explanation 
 of the notions he entertained on this interesting sub- 
 ject, I do not deem it necessary to repeat here. Phoca 
 continues : " Having, for the reasons before given, pre- 
 sumed, that there is a circumvolving current in the 
 Arctic sea, from west to east, but southerly withal^ it 
 leads me to inquire into the probable effect of it, and 
 the winds together, upon floating masses of ice. 
 
 " In the first place, (let the ice be formed where it 
 may) its general direction will in all probability be from 
 west to east, with a ter-dency at the same time to set 
 to the southward, too strong to be counteracted by the 
 force of any winds from that quarter: its bulk imder 
 being greater than that above the surface. 
 
 " If we cast our eyes on a chart of the north Polar 
 regions, no opening is seen for the egress of ice to the 
 southward, out of the ' Polar basin,' from Norway and 
 Lapland to the eastward, a^ong the whole coast of 
 Asia, till we come to Behring's Strait. Through this 
 strait it does not appear at all probable that much of 
 the ice can pass, v^n account of its comparative small 
 extent ; and the depth of water being perhaps insuffi- 
 cient to float the bodies of greatest magnitude. There 
 may also be * a trifling current,' as I suppose ; or one 
 of the * greatest violence,' as the Quarterly Reviewer 
 supposes, running in from the Pacific, to oppose its 
 passage through the Strait. 
 
 " From Behring's Strait, then, all along the coast of 
 America, we find no opening for the ice to escape till 
 we get to 'Baffin's Sea!' and Davis's Strait. Through 
 
 Mr 
 
 i 1? 
 
 ■'<•' 
 
30 
 
 dhis Strait, if there be an uninterrupted communication^ 
 it is not unfair to pi^sume that immense quantities 
 wculd be carried by a current 'running perpetually 
 with a velocity, as it is stated, of four, and sometimes 
 of iCTen five miles an hour f I am, however, inclined 
 to think, that either from the interruption of lands, or 
 shoals, between Greenland and America, a comparative 
 small quantity passes from the ' Polar basin' through 
 Davis'S Strait ; and that much of the ice, as well as 
 currents, may have Hudson's Bay for their origin. If 
 any Obstruction do exist to the free egress of ice 
 through Davis's Strait, the consequence must be a 
 vast accumulation of it, in a mass more or less conso- 
 lidated, from about Nova Zembla, all the way to the 
 eastward, as far as Greenland, and extending north- 
 ward from every part of the coasts of Asia and A? re- 
 rica, at least to the parallel of latitude in which u^ 
 north 'point of Greenland may lie. For whatever 
 masses of ice cannot pass through Davis's Strait must 
 be pressed continually by others,, brought from the 
 westward and northward, by the circumvolving cur^ 
 rent, alonf, the north part of the more connected ice. 
 
 " If its progress to the southward, through Davis's 
 Strait, were not somehow impeded, it would pass through. 
 If impeded in its <:ottrse to the southward (let the im- 
 pediment be what it may), it is yet still more impeded 
 in its progress to the eastward, by the west side of 
 Greenland ; and therefore must accumulate against 
 this solid ban-ier, as far at least to the northward as 
 Greenland extends. Then, and not till then, can ice 
 of any comparative quantity drive further to the east- 
 ward, or find any passage down to the southward. 
 All the ice farthest to the northwar-d of Greenland is 
 tijuBn at liberty to mov« on towards Spitsbergen ; whilst 
 
m 
 
 t!ie ice that may he in motion dosest in with the land, 
 when rounding the nortti^east part of Greenland, mil 
 take a tui^ to the southward, and in towards the coast 
 withal ; because it will be within the influence of an 
 eddy, that must necessarily be produced in the stream 
 of waters passing nearest to the north-east part of that 
 land. There it must collect, and if it consolidate, 
 extend to the siiores of Iceland, or even Spdtzbergen ; 
 or else ' burst its letters,' as it is said to have done 
 lately, axid drift away to the southward, iiato the At* 
 lantic. ' 
 
 " This is sufficient lo account for the ice between 
 Greenland and Spitzbergen having a general ra.ove- 
 ^nentto the south-west. And there is the same i-ea- 
 8on to suppose, that the ice nearest to tlae north-east 
 and east coast of Spitzbergen, has skso a similar mxwe- 
 ment. But it will not warrant the conclnsion, ^of there 
 being a carrent in the same direction, aUt amy conside- 
 rable distance to ihe : northward and eastward of 
 Spitzbergen. On the contrary, it seems most probable, 
 that any masses of ice found m that direction, to the 
 northward of 82" or 83% will be more within the influ- 
 ence of the general ciroumvolving current ; and there- 
 fore make an east-sa lerly drift towards l*^ova 
 Zembla, and perhaps clear of its NE. point. Green- 
 kvid and Spitiibergen, being situated so much further 
 ■ (J the northward than any other known land in the 
 * relic regions, form an impenetrable barrier agadnst 
 the movement, to the eastward, cf any ice but what 
 may be to the northward oS them both. 
 
 ** Much of this northernmost surplus ice finding its 
 way lo the southward, is one reason why it seems very 
 likely, that ice in the greatest quantity, and most com- 
 pact, will be fo4ind from about Nova Zembla, all along 
 
 'M 
 
 >i ', 
 
36 
 
 » 
 
 1^ 
 
 the coasts of Asia and America, and extending to the 
 northward as far, generally, as the noj^th part of 
 Greenland; and that, perhaps, less and less ice will 
 be found to the northward of its parallel, as the Pole is 
 approached. That is, adopting the opinion that the 
 ice is first produced near the surrounding lands, and 
 accumulated afterwards at sea, so as to extend its sur- 
 face from those lands northerly till it reaches the pa- 
 rallel of the north point of Greenland, which the surplus 
 ice must roundj before it can pass into the Atlantic, if 
 Davis's Strait be obstructed. ..j.I 
 
 " Greenland and Spitzbergen forming so powerful a 
 bar to the progress of the ice to the eastward, with the 
 circumvol i*'^ current, renders it extremely probable 
 that there is . ays less ice between Nova Zembla and 
 Spitzbergen than any where else in the same parallel j 
 and perhaps still less, the nearer the Pole in summer, )\[i 
 
 " Whether the ice during the winter encompasses the 
 Pole or not, can only be matter of conjecture ; and, in 
 all probability, the fact will never be decided by man. 
 In that season, if the cold is intense in proportion to 
 the nearness to the Pole, it is possible the ice may ad- 
 vance to it. But yet, as it is more probably drifted 
 out of the * Polar basin,' as fast as it collects, to the 
 northward of Greenland, it seems more reasonable to 
 conclude that it seldom reaches beyond the latitude of 
 82° or 83°, in any very extensive or consolidated bodies, 
 all the year round. On this ground, for one, rests the 
 opinion I hold in common with the writer of the article 
 in question, of the probability of the vicinity of the Pole 
 being free of ice in the summer ; not, however, as a con- 
 sequence of there being no land there, but whether 
 there shall be any land or not. For I have supposed 
 it likely, that the temperature of the atmosphere, in the 
 
39 
 
 con- 
 
 lether 
 
 )Osed 
 
 n the 
 
 •Arctic regions, sometimes may exceed 32°; and the 
 more, perhaps, the nearer the Pole is approached. 
 First, because there may be less ice, for the reasons I 
 have given. — And if there be ice, there will probably be 
 a warmer atmospheric temperature, to dissolve it, at the 
 "Pole itself, than any where else to the southward of it, 
 as far as 80° or 75° : because, when the sun's rays first 
 strike the Pole, they will be felt there incessantly for 
 six months ; but with what force and effect, we have 
 yet to learn. On all other parallels, in proportion to 
 their distances from the Pole, the duration of the sun's 
 influence will be shorter. And though the sun's power, 
 during the periods they feel it, may perhaps be greater 
 than at the Pole, yet being interrupted whilst he is below 
 the horizon, it is perhaps probable, on the whole^ that 
 the greatest effect of the sun's heat may be at the Pole ; 
 as, there, he is above the horizon for six months ; in 
 the latitude of 84°, about five months; and in 78^, 
 about four months only at a time. 
 
 " We are next to inquire, what facility the late dis- 
 appearance of the ice from the east coast of Old Green- 
 land offers — first, for attempting a direct passage over 
 the Pole; and secondly, the more circuitous one, along 
 the northern coast of America, into the Pacific. 
 
 " As to the first, according to the view I have taken of 
 the subject, it appears to me that the facility this event 
 offers for attempting a direct passage over the Pole, 
 would be very nearly the same, whether more or less ice 
 be collected, not only on the eastern coast of Old Green- 
 land, but all round it, and even between it and Iceland, 
 and towards Spitzbergen. That is, provided the attempt 
 is to be made, as it is to be hoped it will be, to the east- 
 ward of Spitzbergen; because, for the reasons I have 
 4ofiered, it is probable the least quantity of ice will be 
 
 i 
 
40 
 
 found thercj clear of the land. At all events, whatever 
 masses may be found there, they will m all prohabiHty 
 be of less magnitude, and more detached from each 
 other, because the space for them to more in is 
 least confined. If any of the vessels fitting out be 
 destined to take this route, the probability is, that gf 
 they advance beyond Vie latitude of 82" or 83* north, 
 the ice will less and less impede their progress to the 
 Pole ; amd to reach it will perhaps be the least difficult 
 part of the enterprise. To the northward of 82" or 83% 
 up to the Pole, it is likely that the weather in the sum* 
 mer will be for the most part fine, but hazy generally. 
 Thick fogs will be frequent. The winds are likely to 
 be moderate, shifting often round from north to east, 
 by south, to west, and north again, but prevailing 
 chiefly from the eastward and northward. Jf our 
 Polar navigator pass the Pole without any great di^ 
 ficulty, and find the true south course he has steered 
 to be on or near the 170° west meridian, and so leading 
 him towards Behring's Strait, he will, in all probability, 
 soon get to the southward as far as 80^, or perhaps 78% 
 where it is as probable he will find his further progress 
 stopped by ia*. perhaps impenetrable. . . 
 
 *' From this part of the expedition, therefore, / see no 
 very reasonable ground for entertaining * lively hopes,' 
 that a practicable passage for ships will be discovered 
 into the Pacific, though there does not seem to be the 
 least doubt of there being one for water andjish. 
 
 " As to the second, viz. * the more circuitous pas* 
 sage, along the north coast of America into the Pacific^' 
 the prospect of success is still more unfavorable than the 
 other ; because the navigators are destined, in the first 
 place, * to struggle against the ice, currents, and tides, 
 in Davis's Strait, and on the east coast of America^ 
 
 ;i 
 
41 
 
 which the writer of the article I have been examining 
 tells us himself * are of course never free from moun- 
 tains and patches of ice ;' and to which he attributes 
 the failure in every attempt, either to make this {very) 
 passage, or to * ascertain its impracticability;' so thpt 
 the highest point former navigators ever reached is the 
 arctic circle, or at most the 67th parallel !' But even 
 allowing that the present adventurers do reach the 
 north-east point of America, and discover a passage 
 through what is * gratuitously called Baffin's Bay,' 
 they will then have to make no less than one hundred 
 degrees of westing, most probably through immense 
 fields of ice, fixed, or moving with the circumvolving; 
 current as well as the winds, both prevailing in a ge- 
 neral direction from west to east, against them. If 
 there be any ground to hope that a practicable passage 
 for ships can be discovered between the Pacific and the 
 Atlantic, along the north coast of America, the chances 
 are, that it will be done (if ever it be) from Behring's 
 Strait to the eastward ; and therefore, it is much more 
 likely to be accomplished by the Russian officers, said 
 to, be making the attempt this year, than by ours ; 
 because most of the obstacles opposed to the progress 
 of our navigators^ from east to west, will be in favor 
 of the Russians the other way." 
 
 It appears in the preface to Captain Ross's account 
 of his unsuccessful Voyage, that as early as the 4th of 
 December, 1817, he was informed that two ships were 
 to be sent out to ascertain the existence or non-exist- 
 ence of a north-west passage. On the 15th of January, 
 1818, four ships were commissioned, viz. the Isabella, 
 Alexander,. Dorothea, and Trent; the two former for 
 the north-west, and the latter two for the Polar expedi- 
 tions. On the 16th of April the Isabella and Alex- 
 Data. F 
 
 ■t ■■ 
 
 t- Si 
 
 Ml 
 
42 
 
 ander reached the Nore, and on tlie 2&th their pilots 
 quitted them off Cromer. The Dorothea and Trent 
 joined them at Lerwick on the 1st of May, but did not 
 accompany them to sea on the 3d. The instructions to 
 Captain Ross, who commanded the N.W. expedition, 
 (as exhibited in his account of his Voyage) were dated 
 on the 31st March, 1818; and from their general 
 tenor it would seem that the Quarterly Reviewer had 
 been consulted, and many of his suggestions adopted, 
 as to the most eligible route to be pursued. The 
 reviewer denied, or at least doubted the existence of the 
 land seen by Baffin, and what had been hitherto * gra- 
 tuitously called Baffin's Bay; ' and assumed the belief of 
 an open sea to the northward of Davis's Strait, and 
 the existence of a * perpetual current through that 
 Strait, from the northward, with a velocity of four, and 
 sometimes even of five miles an hour.' In conformity 
 with these assumptions. Captain Ross is instructed, in 
 tha first place, * to make the best of his way into Davis's 
 Strait, through which he will endeavor to pass to the 
 northwardf without stopping on either of its coasts, 
 unless be should find it absolutely necessary.' The 
 instructions add — * From the best information we have 
 been able to obtain, it would appear that a current of 
 some force runs from the northward towards the upper 
 part of Davis's Strait, during the summer season, and 
 perhaps for most part of the winter also. This current, 
 if it be considerable, can scarcely be altogether supplied 
 by streams from the land, or the melting of ice ; there 
 ■would therefore seem reason to suppose it may be 
 derived from an open sea, in which case Baffin's Bay 
 cannot be bounded by land.' The reviewer supposes, 
 as we have seen in a former page, that the north-east 
 point of America may be situated in latitude from 70" 
 
it 
 
 tu 7*2° N., and says, that all former attempts at a north 
 west passage failed, because none of them were ever 
 made near that part of the coast ; but he apprehends 
 difficulty in approacliing it by way of narrow SlraitSy as 
 ' they are generally choked up with ice, which incon- 
 venience would be obviated by standing first to the 
 northward to the latitude of 7!" or 72°.' Agreeably to 
 this, it is suggested ' in the instructions to Captain 
 Ross/ as a general observation, that a passage through 
 fields of ice is most likely to be found where the sea 
 is deepest^ and least connected with land ; as there is 
 reason to suppose that ice is found to be more abundant 
 near the shores of the continent and islands^ in narrow 
 straits, and deep bays.' By the by, I wonder 
 whether this observation (which is really a very sound 
 one) suggested itself to the person (whoever he was) 
 who drew up the instructions for Captain Buchan, to 
 pursue his course in the * Dorothea and Trent, in a di* 
 rection as due north as may be found practicable 
 through the Spitzbergen seas.' If it had, that officer 
 would in all probability have been more fortunate ink 
 making his attempt to the eastward of Spitzbergen, for 
 the reasons given by Phoca, and which the reviewer 
 himself must admit to be correct, even on his own prin- 
 ciple ; though to be sure the reviewer says, * The fai- 
 lure of the Polar expedition was owing to one of those 
 accidents to which all sea voyages are liable, more es- 
 pecially when to the ordinary sea risk is superadded 
 that of a navigation among fields and masses of ice/ 
 Captain Ross is further instructed, after reaching * that 
 part of the sea to the northward of Davis's Strait' 
 which, if reports may be relied on, is generally free 
 from * field ice,' to stand Weil to the northward before he 
 edge away to thr westward, in order to get a good 
 
 
 
11 
 
 i 
 
 i : 
 
 offinj^, in rounding the north-east point of the continent 
 of America ; whose latitude has not been ascertained, 
 but which, if a conjecture may be hazarded, from what 
 is known of the northern coast of that coniment, may 
 perhaps be found in or about the 72nd degree of latitudt .* 
 
 * In the event of his being able to succeed in rounding 
 this point, and finding the sea open,' he is instructed 
 
 • carefully to avoid coming near the coasts where lie would 
 be most likely to be impeded by fixed or floating ice ; 
 but, keeping well to the northward, and in deep water, 
 to make the best of his way to Behring's Strait.' 
 
 After these expeditions had sailed, two more articles 
 appeared on the question of this north-west passage ; 
 one in the Quarterly Review, No. 36, for June, 1818, 
 in favor of its accomplishment of course; and the 
 other in the Edinburgh, No. 69, for the same month, 
 quite as full of that * scepticism,' which its more or- 
 thodox opponent approves of — not in * matters of reli- 
 gion' — but of * science, which, by provoking inquiry, 
 frequently leads to the detection of error, and always 
 stimulates to the discovery of truth.' 
 
 As some passages in both these rival reviews appear 
 to have occasioned a more than common quantum of 
 this laudable scepticism on the mind of Phoca, he was 
 induced to publish another letter in the Naval Chro- 
 nicles for September and October, before the two ex- 
 peditioi 3 returned j being * An Attempt to prove, from 
 Circumstances and Facts stated by Philosophers, that 
 a Passage for Ships from the * Polar Basin ' to the Pa- 
 cific through Behring's Strait, must be impracticable.' 
 
 "Mr. Editor, Hull, 5th Sept. 1818. 
 
 " Locke tells us, that * false or doubtful positions, 
 
 relied upon as unquestionable maxims, keep those in 
 
45 
 
 the dark from truth who build on them ; arid to be in- 
 different which of two opinions is true, is the ri^^ht tem- 
 per of mind that preserves it from being imposed upon, 
 and disposes it to examine with that indifferency until 
 it has done its best to find out the truth ; and this is the" 
 only direct and safe way to it.' • 
 
 *' In examinin{]f subjects of science and philosophy, 
 as well as of religion, this indifferency is particularly 
 requisite ; and the mind should be entirely divested of 
 that prejudice by which individuals as well as parties 
 are so liable to be misled. • 
 
 " On a subject of the former kind, w'hich has for the 
 last few months attracted so much of the superficial 
 notice and curiosity of the public, and perhaps the 
 serious consideration of a few, it seems peculiarly ne- 
 cessary to have the mind thus prepared for its discus- 
 sion — I mean the pending expeditions to explore the 
 arctic regions. Some points connected with them, sd 
 strongly asserted, and attempted to be proved by one 
 set of philosophers, and as strongly opposed, and 
 denied by another, seem calculated to distract the 
 judgment, even of those who happen to be prejudiced 
 in favor of either party, without convincing any who 
 think the matter worthy of their attention, and feel dis- 
 posed, without bias, to inquire into the solidity of the 
 arguments used by either, to prove their assertions and 
 conjectures well founded, or stated facts to be true^ 
 which appear discordant. • 
 
 " The grand and chief point, on which these philo-* 
 sophers are at issue, appears to be, whether Behring's 
 Strait * is merely the entrance of a vast bay or inland 
 sea?* or * the separation of two vast continents V Each 
 seeming to rest their opinion, as to the success or failure^ 
 of the expeditions, mainly on that question. ^ 
 
 lid 
 
4G 
 
 It' 
 
 
 ** Captain Burney, in his Memoir, proposed to show, 
 that * there does not exist satisfactory proof of such 
 separation ; and, secondly, from peculiarities which have 
 been observed, there is cause to suppose the fact to be 
 otherwise; that is to say, that Asia and America are 
 contiguous, and parts of one and the same continent.' j 
 
 " As it is clear that we have no positive proof of the 
 junction of the two continents of Asia and America, 
 let us examine the nature of those peculiarities from 
 which Captain Burney concludes * there is cause to sup« 
 pose them contiguous, and one and the same.' rnj: 
 
 " These peculiarities were — First, *The sudden dis- 
 appearance of tides, on arriving in Behring's Strait. — • 
 Secondly, There was little or no current, nor could it 
 be perceived that the tide either rose or fell. — Thirdly, 
 That to the northward of the latitude of 68° 4^' N. the 
 soundings were observed to decrease.' It will then be 
 proper to inquire how far these * peculiarities ' autV 'se 
 the supposition? And lastly, whether the very sar ^^j- 
 tuliarities could exist if the continents do not join ? 
 • " The philosophers of the north argue in support of 
 the supposition, chiefly on the grounds stated by Cap- 
 tain Burney. Those of the south not only seem to dis- 
 credit the existence cf the * peculiarities ' observed per- 
 sonally by Captain Burney himself, but on an hypothe- 
 sis of their own, as well as from some of the facts stated 
 by that officer, they endeavor to establish their opinion 
 of the separation of the two continents, and the exist- 
 ence of a perpetual current from the Pacific thro»)gh 
 Behring's Strait into the Arctic Sea ; finally declaring, 
 that they *have less apprehension of the passage through 
 Behring's Strait being closed against our navigators 
 (except by ice) than of the difficulties they may have to 
 encounter on this side of America.' , ^ 
 
 i '\ 
 
47 
 
 ejcist- 
 ro»)g;h 
 aring, 
 rough 
 ators 
 ve to 
 
 i t-^t 
 
 ** On the subject of currents Jn general, and particii* 
 larly what is called the gulf-stream, as well as tkis sup- 
 posed one through Behrings Strait, as asserted in the 
 Quarterly Review before, I was induced to make a few 
 observations on the 27th of February last. On these 
 questions, therefore, I do not mean to enlarge here ; 
 though, regarding what has been further said, in that 
 Review for June last, on the extraordinary effects of 
 currents, and their assumed direction, I may perhaps 
 offer a few remarks as I go along. 
 
 ** The philosophers of the north have not considered 
 it worth while to notice these points, and only observe, 
 that * the notion of a stream rushing beneath a frozen 
 arch cannot be admitted.' But to return to the ques- 
 tion of the separation or junction of Asia and America* 
 Jf Behring's Strait is * merely the entrance of a vast 
 bay or inland sea, ' the failure o'" both expeditions, as 
 well by way of the Pole as Davis's Strait, must be cer- 
 tain, even were they to surmount all the difficulties in 
 their progress by either route ; the object of both being 
 to pass through that Strait in'.o the Pacific. 
 
 " But even if Beh ring's Strait should be ' the sepa- 
 ration of two great continents/ a further anii no less 
 important question arises, viz. Whether another local 
 impediment does not exist, which must, of necessity, be 
 as impassable as land, at least for ships^ and therefore 
 occasion some, if not all, of those very peculiarities, 
 from the personal observation and knowledge of which. 
 Captain Burney concludes 'there is cause to suppose that 
 Asia and America are contiguous, and parts of one and 
 the same continent.' 
 
 '* Feeling no bias towards the opinions or the suppo- 
 sitions of either party, and regardless of the fact, either 
 of the junction or separation of Asia and America, my 
 
4« 
 
 m 
 
 U' 
 
 object in. this. examination is to attempt to prove, asfar 
 as kno^vnfacfs, qnd.pth^pcircnm^tanc^s^ stated and 
 agreed in by both parties, can prcvCj that the passage 
 for ships from the Polar Sea into ii.° Pacific, by way of 
 Behring's ^Strait, is as ivipraQticablq ,^^ if ^s^a and Ame- 
 rica were known to join^ ■jrhojigh W ^^ P?''h2ips. war- 
 ranted in giving full crecJi|.to^,tl?e,acco!qi|)t Captain ^u|- 
 ney gives pf the ' p^c\||ijarities^^ h^ Qbs^rye,d;jet it n^ay 
 be as well to e3f,amii^g„^fiQ„(^ts s^fited jiji (JJook's ?J)4 
 Clarke's V9pg^s, injvHPP/^fj; 9,())is^.^:yi#^c^';;a^ w^U 
 as some 9/ the 9ir^!^no|s^pcef,, ^^tivflejj^ \^f^^ v Qi^^r^ 
 terly Revie^w in.;:efut£^ti(^n,p|it.,^,^ .. . . .-■ _,; 
 
 ^ "The first^.fi^ct potiqed^by C^^ptain JBurney is vthe 
 sudden dis?Lpp^ar9.ppe of ^ tides pn arriving in Behrjpg's 
 St^mi ^^/^^^tj(i|jS^pQpd|jjJ)i|^ prno qpfr 
 
 rent ; no|; cpi^ld ^iji^^ perceiyed that the tide either rogp 
 prfelUf^ 
 
 ?c . >ty •;Ji^*> mifffn lUsii vf-^v vjlsif^a»'«j ^i 
 
 ■(mU 
 
 f ,-; — tc >rw;ji^*> mifun lujji YT^jv vuKi^^anj ^' u^im 
 
 " In CjarKe's Voyage it is stated, that 'on Thur^qajy 
 the l§t of July, Mr. Bligh, the master of the Resolution,| 
 ^jJ^villg. moored a small keg with the deep sea lead in 
 75 fathoms water (oflf Thad^us' Noss), forud that the 
 ship made a course north by east about half a mile an 
 hpur.' This was attributed by h'.n * to the effect of the 
 spMtherly swells rather than to any current.' ; 
 
 ,,/* In Cook's Voyage, when at anchor in G fathoms, 
 with the Peaked Mountain, over Cape Prince of Wales, 
 bearing S. 10'' W., on the 1 Ith of August, it is remark- 
 ed, * Weperceived little or no current, nor did we perceive 
 that the tide either rose or fell.' Again, on the 21st of 
 August, in lat. 69" 30', it is said, * During the afternoon 
 Wf had but little wind, and the master was sent in a 
 boat tp observe whether there was anv current, but he 
 found none.' In Clarke's Voyage, when off Cape East, 
 ijjj.th^ 5th p^f sfi^ly, jt jisj.ema^ked^ VWe wer^ now cpp- 
 
49 
 
 W 
 
 vinred of our having been under the influence of a 
 strong current, setting to the north, which had occa- 
 sioned an error of 20 miles in the computation of the 
 latitude at noon. At the time of our passing the Strait 
 last year, we experienced a similar effect.' On Monday, 
 the 12th of July, in latitude 69** 49* N. within the Strait, 
 on the Asiatic side, it is remarked : — ' On examining the 
 current, we found it to set north-west, at the rate of 
 half a mile an hour.' And finally, in describing the 
 local circumstances generally, within the Strait, the ac- 
 count of the tide or current is thus given: — * We found 
 but little tide or current, and that little came from the 
 westward ;' that is, athwart the Strait's mouth, from the 
 coast of Asia towards America, and neither into njr out 
 of the Strait. These extracts all prove the fact of there 
 being little or no current within the Strait ; and also, that 
 there was generally very little more outside, or even 
 at the entrance. For the set of 20 miles observed on 
 the 5th of July, though called * strong* can barely de- 
 serve the term ; at all events, it does not convey the 
 idea of ci * violent current rushing in with the greatest 
 velocity.' 
 
 " The writer of an article in the Quarterly Review for 
 June last, concludes, (and hypothetically enough) that 
 because there were tides so strong near the Aleutian 
 Islands (at least 5 or 600 miles off) as to run at the rate 
 of seven or eight miles an hour, the water * must be 
 carried to the northward by these extraordinary tides ;' 
 conceiving that these tides, and the ^creat body of the 
 northern Pacific, which he asserts ^ all navigators have 
 found to be in motion towards Behring's Strait, ' * are 
 the strongest indications of an open and uninterrupted 
 passage for water (uninterrupted e.vcept by ice) through 
 that strait into the Polar sea ; and a decisive argument 
 
 Data. 
 
 G 
 
50 
 
 1^ 
 
 against any such bay as Captain Burney has imagined 
 to be formed by the junction of the two continents of 
 Asia and America.' 
 
 *'That these strong tides, observed among the Aleutian 
 Islands, extend to the northward as far as Behring*s 
 Strait, seems to be only an imaginary assumption, and 
 till facts have proved that such currents are known to 
 exist, • rushing in to the funnel-shaped mouth of the 
 Strait,' it is unnecessary to reply to the question, 
 * What becomes of all the water carried to the north- 
 ward by these extraordinary tides V If, indeed, such 
 currents were known to exist, * rushing in to the funnel- 
 shaped mouth of the Strait,' they would doubtless oc- 
 casion a rise and fall, no less remarkable than that which 
 takes place * in the Bay of Fundy and the Gulf of 
 Tonquin.' But facts and experiments having shown 
 that there is little or no current either within, or out- 
 side* near the entrance of Behring's Strait; consequently, 
 no such effects are produced on the waters within the 
 Strait, for this simple reason — the want of such a cause, 
 as effects the ' remarkable rise and fall in the Bay of 
 Fundy and the Gulf of Tonquin.' 
 *f' " It is therefore needless to have recourse to the chi- 
 merical supposition of the existence of a communication, 
 under the ice, between the Pacific and the Polar sea, 
 in order to account for the well authenticated fact ^ of 
 there being little rise or fall of water within Behring's 
 Strait. 
 
 *' Besides, if the temperature of the water in the Pa- 
 cific be (as I presume we may conclude it to be) warmer 
 than that within Behring's Strait, it must of course 
 and necessity flow in (if it does at all) at the surface, as 
 I observed before when treating this subject last Feb- 
 mary ; and the philosophers of the north have told us 
 
 
ot 
 
 i^ince, in the Edinburgh Review for June last, that ' when 
 water grows warmer it expands, and consequently 
 floats incumbent, communicating; afterwards its surplus 
 heat, with extren.e slowness, to the mass below,' 
 
 " Though such sage authority would alone seem suf- 
 ficient to prove that any little current there may be 
 from the Pacific into Behring's Strait, must flow in at 
 the surface (as what little there was did in/ac/), and not 
 underneath, it is, however, as well to try how far the 
 philosophers of the south are borne out by facts, in as- 
 serting so positively that * all navigators have found 
 the great body of the northern Pacific to be in motion 
 towards Behring's Strait ; and that a current sets in 
 that direction along the coast of America on one side, 
 and those of Japan and Kamtschatka on the other.' 
 They acknowledge, however, at the same time, * that 
 as the observations of the currents on these coasts have 
 been few, and the currents observed might therefore 
 be local and partial, they mean not wholly to rest their 
 argument on them, but to have recourse to other and 
 less eqmvoc^\ proofsj for the general umvement of the 
 Pacific towards the north.' They consider this * to 
 he indisputably proved by the ii nense quantities of 
 drift wood, thrown up on the souiuern shores of the 
 Aleutian lalands, consisting of fir, larch, aspen, and 
 other trees, the pommon produce of the two continents 
 of Asia and America.' But as a proof of the more 
 southerly parts of the northern Pacific partakin of 
 the same motion, they present to notice ' p* curious fact 
 mentioned by Stephen Glottof, that among other float* 
 ing bodies thrown up on the Aleutian Islands, is fou u 
 the true camphor wood, and another sort, very white, 
 soft, and sweet-scented.' t,^ » 
 ^,. " Nothing is more possible than that this camphor 
 
 ) ! 
 
52 
 
 ^ood might come from the Asiatic islands, or some 
 parts of tropical Asia ; for the south-west monsoon 
 in the Indian and China seas is known to blow from 
 May till October, through the sea of Japan, and even 
 up to the head of the Gulf of Tartary, occasioning 
 strong currents to the northxvardt smd which might carry 
 the camphor wood through the sea of Japan, the Straits 
 of Matsmai, or Perouse, and among the Kurile Islands ; 
 from whence a south-west swell, with gales of wind 
 from that quarter and the southward, might drift it 
 upon the Aleutian Islands, without assuming a conti- 
 nuation of the general current so much further to the 
 northward. 
 
 *' Perouse, after passing Tobaco Ximc, about the 
 end of April, says, * a strong current to the northward 
 was experienced.' On the 6th of April, near the 
 Island of Kumi, he found ' the current set to the north- 
 ward with extreme rapidity,^ When at anchor in the 
 bay of Ternai, on the 22d '^f June, he observes, * The 
 ebb and flood have no effect upon the direction of th^ 
 current half a league in the offing : what we felt at ouir 
 anchorage varied only from south-west to south-east, 
 and its greatest velocity was only a mile an hour.' The 
 wind was constantly from the southward during his 
 stay in the Gulf of Tartary, till the 2d of August, 
 when he sailed from the Bay de Castries. 
 
 " After passing the strait which bears his name, we 
 find no mention of any Cu. rent to the northward ; but,^ 
 on the contrary,'oii the 10th of August, when off Cape 
 Crillon, he says, * We found ourselves a little to the south- 
 ward of our reckoning, but only ten miles.' When near 
 the Kurile Islands, he remarks, * Our observations on 
 the 23d informed us that we had been drifted to the 
 westward t forty miles in two days ; ad we ascertained 
 
5.1 
 
 the accuracy of these obaervations on the 24th, by setting 
 the same points we had observed on the 21st, and find- 
 ing them exactly where they ought to be, according to our 
 longitude observed/ On the 81st he found he had 
 been carried * ten leagues to the south'east^ On his 
 passage from the Kurile Islands to Kamtschatka, no 
 mention is made of a current to the northward. It appears 
 probable therefore, from the facts stated in the voyage 
 of this navigator t that the northerly set of current, even 
 during the south-west monsoon^ does not extend further 
 (except in the Gulf of Tartary) than the latitude of 46** or 
 47° N. And by referring to Clarke's or King's Voyage, 
 we shall find how it set on the east side of Nipon. 
 It is thus described : * On the 1st of November, at a 
 time when we were 13 leagues to the eastward of White 
 Point, the current set at the rate of three miles an hour 
 to the N.E. by N. On the 2d, as we made a nearer 
 approach to the shore, il continued in a similar A\mc* 
 tipn, but was augmented in its rapidity io Jive miles ail 
 hour. As we receued from the coast, it again became 
 more moderate, and inclined towards the east. On the 
 3d, at the distance of 60 leagues from the shore, it sol 
 at the rate of three miles an hour to the £.NkE. i Ok 
 the two following days, it turned to the south warrf^ 
 and at 120 leagues from the coast its direction was 
 south-easty and its rate did not exceed one mile a»d 
 a half an hour. It again on, the 6lh aad?7t(i shifted to 
 the N.E., and its force diminished gradually till the Sttii 
 at which time we could no longer perceiyi& any ourrenttfo 
 ?" It may therefore be said[,thatithe nottk^east ourrenk 
 does not generally set further to the nortliward,> at amy 
 time of the year, in the western part of the* noitherii 
 Pacific, than the pjar^le^s of 46° or 47°;daidin allpro^ 
 bjaJbiJity not so fiii^.f 9;^iYi owi «i ^^inti vm* Mw^m^^ 
 
 X 
 
54 
 
 II' 
 
 Hi ' 
 
 ('i 
 
 ** On the 2d of July, Captain Krusenstern, when in 
 latitude 34° 3' N. and longitude 190° 8' W. says : * By 
 observation, we found we had been carried by a current 
 S7 miles to the N.E. by N. in the space of three days* 
 On the 29th of June, the last day on which we had 
 observed, the current ran 13 miles to the south.' 
 
 " In this part of the Pacific the current may fairly be 
 supposed to be itrongeat in its northerly direction at 
 this season; because the sun being in that hemisphere, 
 all the winds in the southern Pajoific blow from the 8.£. ; 
 those in the western and north-western part of that 
 ocean, rounding gradually, in the vicinity of New Hol- 
 land and New Guinea, to the southward, and S.W. 
 north of the Equator, where they are incorporated with 
 the S.W. monsoon, which then blows from the Indian 
 find China seas. Yet, even here, the current ran at the 
 rate of a little more than half a mile an hour ; and 
 indeed, as it set * to the south, with a greater velocity; 
 three days before, it may be termed variable, rather 
 than * perpetual.' 
 
 '* From the month of September or October, till the 
 month of March, ' the sfreat body of water of the north- 
 em Pacific' appears still less likely to be ' in a state of 
 perpetual motion towards Behring's Strait ;' at least all 
 that part of it which is to the northward of 20° N. ; be- 
 cause winds more from the N.W. than the S.W. prevail 
 generally quite across the ocean, as far at least to the 
 southward as that latitude. The sun being then in the 
 southern hemisphere, tli© N.E. trade wind is rarely 
 steady beyond the latitude of 15° or 16° N. in the 
 neighbourhood and westward of the Sandwich Is* 
 lands ; and, eastward of them, perhaps not so far. In 
 the north-west part of the Pacific the winds in these 
 months (from October till March) areall from the N.E., 
 
55 
 
 i I 
 
 generally from about the latitude of 40* N. and the 
 coast of Nipon, down to the Equator ^ and the more 
 northerly, as it is approached. And from the Equator 
 to the latitude of at least 16° or 18° S. the N.W. mon- 
 soon in this rainy season there prevails almost as steady 
 to meridians beyond the Society Islands, as it does from 
 Madagascar . j Endeavor Strait. 
 
 *' Navigators know (or ought to know) that currents 
 depend generally on the direction given to prevalent 
 winds by the power of the sun ; therefore, as the winds 
 in this ocean are locally variable and periodical, though 
 chiefly so to the southward of the Equator, the currents 
 likewise must be periodically changeable, to the north- 
 ward or southward, though having ?l general tendency 
 to the westward, on both sides the Equator, at all times ; 
 but especially north of the Line, as far as the tropic of 
 Cancer ; and such we find to be the case from the testi- 
 mony of navigators. 
 
 " After Perouse quitted Kamtschatka, in the month of 
 October, in running to the eastward, in about the paral- 
 lel of 37^° N. as far as the longitude of 180°, he experien- 
 ced strong gales from the south-westward ; and he says, 
 * the birds appeared to me to come from the south, driven 
 by the violence of the wind ;' and, * since quitting Kamts- 
 chatka we had constantly a very heavy swell : at one 
 time the sea washed away our jolly-boat, which was 
 lashed to the gangway, and we shipped more than a 
 ton of water.' 
 
 " Nothing is more possible than that winds like these 
 and a heavy swell would drive the * camphor wood,* 
 or other floating bodies, upon or even beyond the 
 Aleutian Islands, towards Behring's Strait ; without 
 supposing the existence of a * perpetual current,' so far 
 in that direction, to account for the fact And though it 
 
 i 
 
 ■[ml 
 
 ki;i 
 
56 
 
 I 
 
 I ;. 
 
 „ I 
 
 is very possible that all the drift wood spoken of ' does 
 not stop at the Aleutian Islands,' and that some, taken 
 up by Captain Clarke in Behring's Strait, might have 
 come from thence ; yet, as the Quarterly Reviewers 
 * have not been able to trace the * camphor wood' beyond 
 the Aleutian Islands,' it is a circumstance rather 
 against, than in favor of, their hypothesis. For as the 
 camphor wood was a floating body too, as well as the 
 other drift wood, and the famous * log of mahogany,* 
 which they traced so marvellous a distance ; whatever 
 earned the one, might have carried the other. It is 
 therefore just as possible, that these trees of various 
 kinds, the productions * of North America, and north, as 
 well as tropical Asia,' may be driven by tides, winds, 
 and swell together, in all directions, among the Aleu- 
 tian Islands, and to the south, as well as to the north. 
 And this in fact we find to be the case ; for both Cap- 
 tains Cook and Clarke make mention of * pine trees 
 being driven upon the Sandwich Islands,' which in 
 all probability came from places -either to the N.E. or 
 N.W. of those islands. 
 
 "Captain Lisianski 'found lying on the beach' of 
 the small island which bears his name, ' several large 
 trunks of trees, the largest of which measured twenty- 
 one feet in circumference at the root ; and he says, * they 
 were like the red-wood tree, that grows on the banks of 
 the Columbia river * in America ;' and if they ever grew 
 there, they must have had the assistance of a southerly 
 and westerly cun'ent to enable them to reach Lisianski 
 Island, in defiance of the northerly one, which the 
 Quarterly Reviewers suppose must have carried the 
 Mog of mahogany' all the way from the Isthmus of 
 Darien, all along the coast of America, 'through 
 Bebring's Strait, and thence along the north coast of 
 
67 
 
 America, and down^ Baffin's Sea' to Disco. But indeed 
 Lisianski, when be passed between Agiiian and Tinian 
 on the Idth of November, Says, *From Sitca (on the 
 uorlh-w68t coast of 'America) to the Ladrone Islands 
 we bad the'Ctiiv6nts> from NwE. to the S.W. The last, 
 whitch was tfaei strongest^ 1 carried ns 140 miles to the 
 s$k4tkwardi and2iO(^Uniheiwe^w}>rd, Its force was very 
 ^leat'nebbT^be tropic, but on. o^iproaching the Marian 
 laland9kv>it shifi^d toi< thet westward. ;t Though this 
 paAsag&'is oddlytrworded^'^Tetat seems to imply that 
 J|he<curr9at6 w<er6^foimd>toU^;frora the norths-east 
 towards* the« 80uth-»we9t,'iElll titeway from Sitca to the 
 L<adrone Islands^ loA iviro/i i<>' Hui^ii'o/txmj ►vr- -i., . ■, 
 V I »^ The Quarterly Retiewens, howetei', stedfastly belie v- 
 ing m the existence of thir per[)etual current, of their 
 awH creatiorii infer that^ logs and trees of the preceding 
 year'sdrift had passed throi^h the Strait (Behring's) with 
 the ice into the * Polar basin,' and attempt to prove 
 that * the ice, like the drift wood, has a progressive mo- 
 tion to the northward ;' because on the 17th of August 
 Captain Cook fell in with it in lat. 70** 41' N. and 
 Captain Clarke, * on the 6th of July following, in 67** 
 N.' Now, as far as I can see, this does not seem to 
 prove any ^hing more than what the facts themselves 
 show — namely, the different situations in which the ice 
 was found at two distinct periods in diffei^ent years. It 
 may indeed be presumed, perhaps, that, because Captain 
 Cook fell in with it a montli later one year than Cap- 
 tain Clarke did another, the sun's power might have 
 dissolved it further la the northward; or, that the pre- 
 ceding winter might have been less sevsre,; and therefore 
 the ice had not extended so far to the southward. But 
 with, respect to the movement of the ioe itsflf, to the 
 
 •f 
 
 H 
 
58 
 
 fiorihtvard in either ye.ir, the words of both Captains 
 Cook and Clarke are expressly to the contrary. 
 
 "Captain Cook says, on the 21st of August, 'We 
 were at present in lat. 69° 32' N. and in longitude 195" 
 48' E., and as the main ice was not far from us, it is 
 evident that it now covered a part of the sea, wliich a few 
 days before had beenyree from it, and that it extended 
 further towards the south than where we first fell in with 
 it.' Certainly it did, no less than sixty-nine miles ; for 
 he fell in with it in lat. 70° 41' N. ^ 
 
 " Captain Clarke says, in July the following year, 
 
 • We had traversed this sea since the 8th of the month, 
 and that, in lines parallel with the course we now steered ; 
 the first time, we were unable to penetrate so far north 
 as the second, by eight leagues, and that this last time 
 a compact body of ice had been observed, commonly 
 five leagues further south than before. This clearly 
 proves that the vast and solid fields which we saw were 
 decreasing or moveable.' Again, in the year 1778^ 
 
 * we did not discover the ice till we advanced to the 
 - latitude of 70°, on the 17th of August, and we then 
 , found it in compact bodies, which extended as far as 
 
 the eye could reach ; and of which the whole or a part 
 was moveable, since, by its drifting down upon us (from 
 the northward), we narrowly escaped being hemmed 
 in between it and the land.' * On the 26th of August, 
 in lat. 69j° N. and longitude 184° E., we were ob- 
 structed by it in such quantities, that we could not pass 
 either to the north or west. In our second attempt we 
 never had an opportunity of approaching the continent 
 of Asia higher than 67° of latitude, nor that of,America 
 in any part, except a few leagues between the latitude 
 68° and 68° 20' N. But in the last attempt, we were 
 obstructed by it three degrees further to the southward,^ 
 
ii 
 
 ** From these passages it is clear, that these navigators 
 «lid find the movtahle ice, in fact, further and further to 
 the southward, from some cause, during the time they 
 were among it, in both years. Their judgment on the spot 
 was, that it moved in that directiotiy and in this they 
 could not be mistaken with respect to the ice they saw 
 nearest the ships ; for it compelled them to recede from 
 it further to the southward. If it did not move (south- 
 ward), it must have extended itself, even in these 
 summer months, by augmentation, hoi\\ in quantity and 
 superficies, from some (perhaps fixed) mass beyond it 
 to the northward, which they could not see ; a point 
 which I shall leave the philosophers of the south to de- 
 cide for themselves, but which 1 believe to be most im- 
 probable, and those of the north will of course pronounce 
 impossible : for they have just told us, what I am sure 1 
 little suspected, and I dare say will be no less surpris- 
 ing to our arctic navigators when they return, that * the 
 fields or shoals of saline ice which during the greater 
 part of the year covey the arctic seas, are annually 
 formed and destroyed, and during the thaw, which com- 
 monly lasts about three months, the heat of the solar 
 rays is adequate to the dissolution of all the ice pro- 
 duced in the course of the autumn, the winter, and the 
 spring ! !' So that as our polar navigators fortunately 
 have been in, those arctic seas during these 'three 
 months of thaw,' they will nqt have been at all im- 
 peded by * the fields or shoals of saline ice,' as they are 
 ' all thus annually formed and destroyed ;' but will merely 
 have to work Tom Cox's Traverse among the icebergs. 
 And, as the philosophers of the south inform us, that 
 * the sea through which these massy mountains float, 
 must be open, -and where they can float a ship will find 
 no difficulty in sailing,' they must have made great 
 
 11, 
 
 m ■■'. ■ 
 
 
00 
 
 I! 
 r 
 
 M 
 
 w I ■ 
 
 
 progress by this time in a navigation thus cleared so 
 * completely of all obstruction (at least from ice\ which 
 the ignorant and unlearned among us have foolishly 
 supposed to be the most formidable bar to their success. 
 ** Of course, too, none of the ice seen by Captain Cook 
 and his successors (which the Quarterly Reviewers 
 term * an impenetrable barrier') could have been of this 
 * saline' quality; for when they quitted it, the ice re- 
 mained nearly in the same state as they found it, undis- 
 solved, and apparently undiminished, at the end of the 
 summer. What Captain Cook saw on the 17th of 
 August, in lat. 70° 41' N. is described by him as * per- 
 fectly impenetrable,' and extended from \V. by S. to 
 E. by N. as far as the eye could reach. And on the 
 27th, we are told that * there being little wind, Captain 
 Cook went in the boat to examine the state of the ice. 
 He found it was as impracticable for ships to pass it as 
 if it had been so many rocks. He particularly remarked 
 that it was all pure transparent ice except the upper 
 surface, which was rather porous. It seemed to be 
 composed of frozen snow, and to have been all formed 
 at sea. None of the productions of the land were found 
 incorporated or mixed with it. The Captain judged 
 that the larger pieces reached thirty feet, or more, under 
 water. He thought it highly improbable that this ice 
 could have been the production of the preceding win- 
 ter ; he was rather inclined to suppose it to have been 
 the production of many winters. It was equally im- 
 probable, in his opinion, that the little that now remained 
 of the summer could destroy even the tenth part of what 
 remained of this great mass, for the sun had already ex- 
 erted upon it the full force and influence of his rays. 
 The sun indeed, according to his judgment, contributes 
 very little towards reducing these enormous masses ; 
 
 ■f 
 
61 
 
 for though that luminary is above the horizon for a 
 considerable while, it seldom shines out for more than 
 a few hours at a time, and frequently is not seen for 
 several successive days." And I dare say, if poor 
 Captain Cook were alive now, he would still be of the 
 same opinion. Neither would it be in the power of 
 the philosophers of the north to make him believe that 
 to be true, which is cont.*ary to the evidence of his 
 senses and experience on the spot. And yet those of 
 the south say, ' it does not appear that Captain Cook 
 entertained any doubt of a passage through Behring's 
 Strait, into the Arctic sea.' 1 will not venture to say 
 that he did entertain doubt, but I will say that itappearsr 
 evident, on the face of these extracts, that he could not 
 have entertained the least hope of finding any such 
 passage. 
 
 " Having thus far disposed of the question of ' a 
 perpetual motion of the great body of the northern Par- 
 cific towards Behring's Strait,' 'along the coasts of Japan 
 and Kamstchatka,' let us next see what facts say to 
 its general direction a)ong the west coast of America. — 
 It has been shown that, at the entrance of Behring's: 
 Strait, Captains Cook and Clarke found * very little or 
 no current.' When at anchor near Sledge Island, Cap- 
 tain Cook observes, * the tide of flood came from the 
 eastward, and set to the westward, till between the 
 hours of ten and eleven o'clock ; from which time, till 
 two o'clock in the morning, the stream set to the east- 
 ward, and the water fell three feet : the flood running 
 both stronger and longer than the ebb, we concluded 
 there was a westerly current, besides the tide.' Fur- 
 ther to the southward, off Shoalness, he remarks that 
 'the tide of flood set to the north, and the ebb t& 
 the southward,' 'and among the Aleutian Islands 
 
 / 
 
62 
 
 the tides were strong and regular.' The general set 
 was W.S.W., and E.N.E., clear of tbcin ; and various 
 among them, according to the directions of the chan- 
 nels. Subsequent navigators appear to have found 
 ' them the same, not only there, but every where else 
 (though setting in directions according to localities), 
 all along the N.W. coast of America, /row these Islands 
 as far down to the southward as 40° of latitude. Nor 
 do any ,of the navigators on that coast (as far I find) 
 mention the. prevalence of a northerly current at any 
 time of the year. 
 
 '* On the 11th of October, the day Captain Vancou- 
 ver sailed from Nootka Sound for Monterey, he says, 
 * when in J 00 fathoms water, by the lead when on the 
 ground, the vessel seemed to lie as if at anchor.' So 
 that there was 7io current at all here at that time, and 
 little or none seems to have been observed all the way 
 down to Monterey. After quitting that port on the 
 2nd of December, he observes, on passing the Island of 
 Guadaloupe on the 8th, * The observation made on 
 that and the preceding day exactly agreed with the 
 ship's run by log.' On the 23rd of December, when 
 in lat. 13° 50' N. and longitude 100° 55' W., Captain 
 Vancouver says, 'During our passage thus far from 
 Monterey, it did not appear that we had been much 
 affected by currents ; the log and observations having 
 agreed very nearly, and the difference between the lon- 
 gitude by dead reckoning and that which I considered 
 to be the true longitude, had not exceeded half a degree ; 
 the dead reckoning having been in general to the east- 
 ward of the truth. The wind in the north-western 
 quarter continued to blow a steady breeze, and as we 
 advanced to the south-eastward increased in force.' 
 *From this position, the current set towards the south 
 
(>3 
 
 and east, and sometimes to the northward of east (oc- 
 casioned no doubt by an indraught towards the Gulf 
 of Panama), particularly near the Island of Cocos, and 
 from thence to the Galepagos Islands ; but after passing 
 them^ the currents shifted, and ran to the southward, 
 and to the westward. I have been tempted to accom- 
 pany Captain Vancouver thus far down the coast, to 
 try to discover, if possible, that current on whose sup- 
 posed existence the philosophers of the south ground 
 their extraordinary conclusion that the mahogany plank 
 which the Governor of Disco's table was made of, and 
 also a tree of logwood found there, * could only have 
 reached the spot on which they were found, along the 
 coast of America from the Isthmus of Darien.' How 
 they got there, God only knows ! But if Captain Van- 
 couver's account of the currents he met with along that 
 coast are to be credited, it is impossible they could 
 have gone thither by the route supposed, or ever have 
 reached Behring's Strait; even admitting it possible 
 that these logs had been drifted from the Gulf of Pa- 
 nama by the equatorial current, quite across the Pacific, 
 and afterwards driven all the way up to the northward 
 along the coasts of Nipon and Kamtschatka. Indeed 
 it seems much more possible, and probable too, that 
 these very logs of mahogany found their way to Disco 
 somehow or- o|;her from the Gulf of Mexico. It is very 
 clear that the gulf-stream might have carried them up 
 to, or perhaps beyond Newfoundland, from whence, it 
 is not impossible that by other currents or local tides 
 they might have got into eddies close in along the coast 
 of Labrador, and even into Hutlson's-Bay, and out again 
 through some o^ the openings furthest to the northward, 
 and so across Davis's Strait to Disco. They might 
 also, as well as the other log of mahogany * picked up 
 
(34 
 
 n 
 
 I 
 
 J 
 
 It 
 
 
 
 by Admiral Lewenorne,' have been driven from some 
 part of the northern Atlantic, by southerly gales, and 
 heavy seas. For, floating at the surface, they would not 
 feel the influence there of the perpetual underflow from 
 the north, which brings the icebergs down to the south- 
 ward, against the heaviest gales, because they are 
 deeply immersed in it. And if thus driven near the 
 S.W. part of Greenland, they might be carried by the 
 eddy and regular tides which have been observed on 
 the west side of it. 
 
 ** But even admitting the possibility of these logs 
 entering Behring's Strait by the marvellous long route 
 supposed, another obstacle perhaps lies in the way 
 of our belief of their reaching Disco from thence. It is 
 true, the philosophers of the south have cleared the 
 way for them=»at once, by assuming as a fact without 
 sufficient evidence, that Davis's Strait is open to the 
 northward because it has been stated that 'a perpetual 
 current runs there to the southward ; sometimes with a 
 velocity of four or even of five miles an hour.' This may 
 be so: but I apprehend that well-established fact and ex- 
 periment will prove this statement not to be quite correct. 
 Nor will any seamen who know what a current of five 
 knots is, believe that such a current can exist where whale 
 ships can keep on their fishing ground for weeks toge- 
 ther, without the least difficulty. But, as I observed 
 before on this subject last February, it is highly pro- 
 bable, that either from the interruption of lands, or 
 shoals, between G eenland and America, a compara- 
 tively small quantity of current passes from the * Polar 
 basin,' through Davis's Strait, and that much of the 
 ice, as well as the current, may have Hudson's Bay for 
 its origin. 
 
 " I shall only add here, what the philosophers of the 
 
65 
 
 north say to Davis's Strait being open, or closed hy 
 land to the north. • They are of opinion that ' Baffin's 
 last voyage showed that Davis's Strait is absolutely 
 shut all along the north side ; and proved that either 
 no passage exists on its western coast, or none which 
 is for the shortest time of the year practicable ;' thus 
 leaving the poor * log of mahogany' no chance of 
 having reached Disco that way, from Behring's Strait. 
 
 " The 3d peculiarity mentioned by Captain Bumey 
 was, that ' the bottom not being swept by streams, was 
 of soft oaze ;' and in Clarke's Voyage we read, that * the 
 bottom towards the middle was of soft slimy mud ; and 
 near either shore, a brownish sand intermixed with a 
 few shells and small fragments of bones.' 
 • " With regard to this fact, it is however sufficient to 
 observe, that perhaps few seamen who have had much 
 experience of tides and currents in soundings, will con- 
 sider a bottom of oaze or slime as any proof of its not 
 being swept by streams ; or admit that a bottom, over 
 which the strongest tide or current runs, must therefore 
 be stony, sandy, or gravelly ; for they cannot but be 
 acquainted with many examples to the contrary. One 
 of the most remarkable that occurs to my recollection 
 just now, is the Gulf of Martaban ; in which the almost 
 entire bottom is composed of the softest slimy mud, 
 though tides at the springs run at the rate of 7 or 8 
 knots an hour. 
 
 "The 4th and last peculiarity noticed by Captain 
 Burney, and perhaps the strongest of all, is, that * the 
 soundings were observed to decrease to the northward 
 beyond the latitude of 68° 45' N.' The Quarterly Re- 
 viewers have endeavored to prove the contrary, though 
 perhaps not satisfactorily ; at least not according to 
 my apprehension of Captain Burney's meaning. Both 
 Data. . . }. 
 
 ill 
 
 :^ij 
 
 M 
 
66 
 
 £ 
 
 ^^^ 
 
 
 he and they must be near the truth, as it lies some- 
 where between thera, in the small space of 12 feet only. 
 The fact is, the bottom is not very uneven where the 
 soundings vary only a fathom or two in as many leagues ; 
 and in this place they were certainly very regular. 
 
 " When Captain Burney says, that * in steering to 
 the westward, they did not find the depth to increase,' 
 he seems clearly to mean, when at a considerable dis- 
 tance from the land, towards mid-channel. And when 
 Captain Cook * states distinctly,* that in approaching 
 the American coast * the water shoaled gradually;' and 
 when he was obliged to anchor in 6 fathoms, it was 
 found that the water shoaled gradually towards the 
 land, ' he as clearly alludes to soundings very near 
 the land of America. And again, when in 6 fathoms, 
 he says, * as we advanced to the westward the sound- 
 ings deepened,' (as of course they must to mid-channel, 
 where the depth is 28 and 30 fathoms,) it does not at all 
 bear upon the question of there being more or less water 
 generally from south to north, on which the Quarterly 
 Reviewers are at issue with Captain Burney. That the 
 •depth of water midway between Asia and America 
 was about 29 or 30 fathoms, and, as Captains Clarke 
 and Gore state, 'decreasing gradually as we approached 
 either continent,' (traversing on a parallel,) is very true. 
 But how can this affect Captain Burney'e statement 
 of the fact of the general depth being less to the north- 
 ward ? Though in some particular spots to the north- 
 ward of ()8° 45', a little more water was perhaps found, 
 yet still the general depth might certainly have been 
 less. And as Captain Burney judged on the spot, from 
 various circumstances, as well as all the soundings at 
 the time, his opinion on that matter is certainly more 
 likely to be correct, than one formed from the perusal 
 
67 
 
 of journals, where most probably all the soundings are 
 not inserted ; or the examination of charts, where still 
 fewer may be laid down. 
 
 " Upon the whole, then, taking it for granted that 
 the 4th and last fact is established, or at least, if there 
 is not less, there certainly is nearly the same depth, as 
 far as the ships advanced to the northward, in Behring's 
 Strait ; let us now inquire how far the peculiarities 
 observed by Captain Bumey warrant the supposition of 
 the junction of the two continents, even admitting that 
 the soundings did positively decrease to the northward. 
 
 " Captain Burney grounds his supposition chiefly, 
 if not entirely, on these peculiarities ; and the philoso- 
 phers of the north, after enumerating them, conclude 
 their article in these words: — * These are obviously 
 distinct indications of an inclosed sea.' -^ > 
 
 " But it may be inclosed without the existence of any 
 land between Asia and America; for as to the fact of 
 the depth of water decreasing to the northward, that 
 cannot be admitted as proof of there being land in that 
 direction connecting the two continents ; because the 
 very same decrease would take place upon the acclivity 
 of a bank extending east and west, whose shoalest part 
 might be at, or near the surface at some, yet undefined, 
 distance to the northward, beyond where the ships ad- 
 vanced ; and thence deepening again, probably as gra- 
 dually^ to the north. And when two different facts 
 may result from circumstances in all respects not exactly 
 alike, the supposition of one or the other is equally well 
 bottomed. If such a bank exist near the surface, it 
 would doubtless occasion peculiarities the very same 
 as those observed ; and if there be such a bank at some 
 depth under the surface ; or even, if the depth of 30 
 fathoms or more continue, as is most probable, far 
 
 :,:« 
 
^m^mm 
 
 08 
 
 beyond the parallel reached by Captain Cook, there 
 is much reason (and fact too) to conclude, (as I have 
 observed before on this subject,) that the ice itself must 
 as completely inclose an expanse beyond Behring's 
 Strait, so long as Nature holds her course, as land itself 
 would ; and consequently all the peculiarities observed 
 by Captain Burney must, on that account, equally 
 exist. 
 
 *• In attempting to prove this inclosure by ice, I shall 
 argue chiefly from the facts, stated and agreed in, and 
 therefore, it is presumed, accredited fully by both parties 
 of philosophers. 
 
 " Those of the south have informed us, that ' icebergs 
 or mountains of ice are generated on the land, either 
 in valleys, or against steep shores :' and those of the 
 north agreeing on this point, minutely describe the pro- 
 cess of their formation, and consider them to be the 
 gradual production of perhaps ' many centuries,' and 
 
 * the accumulation of ages.' 
 
 .i. " The philosophers of the south have named New Si- 
 beria as * the probable source of the icebergs which come 
 down Davis's Strait, through which they assume * an 
 uninterrupted communication' with the Polar basin* 
 But those of the north believing that Baffin's last voyage 
 
 * showed that Davis's Strait is absolutely shut all along 
 the north side,' it is inferred, I presume, by them, that 
 the icebergs * which appear most frequently in Davis's 
 Strait, all originate there, particularly along the western 
 coast of Greenland, 'from whence every year, but es- 
 pecially in hot seasons, they are partially detached from 
 their seats, and whelmed into the deep sea.' Now on 
 this joint doctrine of both parties, as to the formation 
 of icebergs in valleys, and against steep shores ; as the 
 Arctic sea m bounded chie/li/ by the coasts of Siberia 
 
 ? 
 
■fe- 
 
 09 
 
 and America, where there perliaps may be * valleys and 
 steep shores,' it may be presumed that icebergs must 
 be produced there also, as well as at New Siberia, in 
 Baffin's Bay, and on the west side of Greenland. And 
 as the remarkable fact, stated by one party, that allihe 
 ice brought by the S.VV. current round Spitzbergen \s field 
 ice, is .not denied by the other, (for indeed they say that 
 icebergs are seen floating only in Davis's Strait,) a ques- 
 tion arises; viz. If it may be allowed probable, or even 
 possible, on these grounds, that icebergs may also be 
 formed on some parts of the lands extending from 
 Nova Zembla eastward to Greenland, pray what be- 
 comes of them, if they cannot pass through Davis's 
 Strait, and be not brought by the south-west current 
 round Spitzbergen, and be very seldom met with in 
 the eastern Greenland sea ? » 
 
 " Not being composed of that saline ice, which we 
 are told ' is annually formed and destroyed,' they must 
 remain, and drive about in all directions, as long as 
 they have sufficient depth of water to float in, not till 
 they *are divided, scattered and dissipated,' as 'the 
 shoals of ice in the Arctic seas commonly are, before 
 the end of June, nor till they are dissolved. For one 
 party tells * how little the influence of an Arctic summer 
 is, even, on fields of ice, perpetually surrounded as they 
 are by a freezing atmosphere created by themselves.' 
 On their hypothesis therefore it is evident, that as part 
 of these immense masses must remain at the end of the 
 summer, to that part the ensuing winter must add 
 something. When speaking on this subject on a former 
 occasion, I supposed it probable that the process of 
 melting and freezing may be going on in the Arctic re- 
 gions on the same body of ice (if of a magnitude to be 
 sufficiently immersed) at the same time ; and perhaps 
 
 m 
 
 t < 
 
m 
 
 rfl ■. '*' 
 
 70 
 
 in winter, as well as in summer, owing to the increasing 
 temperature of the water from the surface downwards 
 in proportion (perhaps) to its depth. The philosophers 
 of the north have since * demonstrated that the Polar 
 seas are always ready, under the action of any frosty 
 wind, to suffer congelation; and though the annual 
 variations of the weather are in these seas expended 
 on the superficial waters, without disturbing the vast 
 abyss below ;' yet as the water drawn up from a con- 
 siderable depth is warmer^ within the Arctic circle than 
 what lies on the surface, the floating ice, accordingly, 
 begins to melt * generally on the under side, from the 
 slow communication of the heat sent upwards.' Though 
 we are told, ' that before the end of June the shoals of ice 
 in the Arctic seas are commonly divided, scattered and 
 dissipated, and a few weeks are commonly sufficient 
 to dissolve the floating ice ;' and though ' during the 
 thaw, which commonly lasts about three months, the 
 heat of the solar rays is adequate to the dissolution of 
 all the ice produced in the course of the autumn, the 
 winter and the spring ! !' yet it is to be presumed 
 that the icebergs are not meant to be included in this 
 *all.' Indeed it is observed, that *some of them are 
 2000 feet high ;' and, supposing the surface of the sea to 
 be at 52°, (which I dare say it never was, nor ever will 
 be in the Arctic seas,) an iceberg having only 600 feet 
 elevation would require one hundred and fifty days for 
 its dissolution, and double that time, if the temperature 
 of the sea it floats in should be at 42**. Even at this 
 rate it cannot dissolve, for it would require at least 
 ten months. But being indeed informed further, that 
 * within the Arctic circle, the surface of the ocean, being 
 never much warmer than about the IT of Fahrenheit's 
 scale, is, in the decline of summer, soon cooled down 
 
71 
 
 to the limit at M'hicli congelation commences,' it seems 
 that even such an iceberg could never be dissolved 
 there. 
 
 " And as * in the space of a few weeks only, visited 
 by the slanting and enfeebled rays, frost resumes its 
 tremendous sway, and it begins to snow as early as Au- 
 gust,' the conclusion (at least on such data) seems evi- 
 dent, that icebergs even while they float within 'the 
 Polar basin,' and can find no passage thence into a 
 warmer temperature, are more likely to augment their 
 bulk, by the effect of frost, sncw, and hail above^ than 
 to be diminished below the surface of the sea. This 
 increase will be much greater still on such icebergs as 
 may take the ground, on the bank if there be one, but if 
 there be nol, in the shoal water (which is very insuffi- 
 cient to float them) extending from Asia to America ; 
 for the temperature of the water being of course colder 
 there, the effect of dissolution under the surface will be 
 greatly diminished ; whilst the augmentation above will 
 be the same as if it floated. So that every fall of snow 
 and hail, adding to masses of ice thus situated, must 
 form, collectively, one * impenetrable barrier,' as Captain 
 Cook termed what he saw. A barrier that doubtless 
 has been, and will remain there for ages, fixed to the 
 bottom by its own inertia, extending probably compact 
 and immoveable far to the northward of the parallel 
 reached by Cook ; and perhaps rising in mountains, 
 as far as soundings extend, and thence declining to- 
 wards its margin, which may be subject to continual 
 disruption, by the swell of the sea in deeper water : or, 
 it may present to the north a rugged perpendicular 
 front, bidding stern defiance to the roaring of the winds 
 or the raging billows of the sea, and mocking the vain 
 attempts of man to pass it. 
 
 t !« 
 
 .•■( 
 
72 
 
 it 
 
 
 " That there must exist such a barrier as this, inclos- 
 ing an expanse to the northward of Behrinj^'s Strait (// 
 there be no hind there), appears to me to be little 
 less than certain, and whicli mast be kept still more 
 compact, along its northern boundary, by the constant 
 pressure aj^ainst it of the Polar stream from the north, 
 which I have supposed on a former examination of this 
 subject, and which therefore can find no egress from the 
 Polar sea, down to llie regions of equatorial heat, 
 except to the eastward of Greenland and Spitzbergen. 
 
 '* Another circumstance, amounting almost to a proof 
 of the passage by Behring's Strait being closed up, even 
 against fish of large size, much more against ships, is, 
 that none of our navigators (at least as far as 1 know) 
 have mentioned seeing a single whale within the Strait, 
 where the water is not deep, and the ice abundant. It 
 of course does not foilo^v that because they sazv none, 
 there were not any ; yet T there had been any, it is 
 more than probable that our navigators would have 
 seen some of them during their stay there. And the 
 philosophers of the south remark, ' that whales are gene- 
 rally found in those parts of the Arctic seas where ice 
 most abounds, and where it has taken the ground on 
 shores and banks.' They have also mentioned a ' cir- 
 cumstance of whales struck with harpoons in the sea 
 of Spitzbergen or in Davis's Strait, being found on the 
 north-west coast of America!' They consider this as 
 affording an additional argument for a free communi- 
 cation between the Atlantic and Pacific, by way of 
 Behring's Strait. 
 
 " Though I have endeavored to prove that an ex- 
 panse to the northward of Behring's Strait is thus per- 
 petually inclosed by a conglobation of icebergs, on the 
 supposition of their formation on other lands surround- 
 
 i 
 
73 
 
 I'l 
 
 I 
 
 ing the Polar sea, as well as at New Siberia and in 
 Davis's Straits ; yet even allowing that this supposition, 
 on the ground it rests, is improbable^ and admitting that 
 none of these stupendous masses are so formed, but only 
 such ice as Captain Cook saw, whatever might be its 
 quality or kind ; yet it seems to me no less clear, that 
 even ice of that kind, collected as it is between two 
 lands, must by its annual augmentation have formed an 
 equally 'impenetrable barrier:* for what our naviga- 
 tors saw was evidently as abundant at the close of each 
 summer as they found it on their first arrival among it. 
 This fact shows that * all the ice produced there in the 
 winter, the autumn, and the spring, is not dissolved,' 
 nor even * dissipated,' though * divided and scattered.' 
 Therefore, the quantity dissolved each summer being 
 evidently lesSj generally, than what is * produced in the 
 autumn, the winter, and the spring,' the consequence 
 must be (by congelation at least) an increase on the 
 whole of that solid mass further to the northward, which 
 I presume is immoveably fixed on the bottom. It is very 
 true, that much of the ice along the southern margin may 
 be partially dissolved by the rays of the summer sun ; 
 and being subject to disruption by the motion of the sea, 
 in gales of wind (from the southward), may therefore 
 move about in an extent of many leagues to the south- 
 ward of the main body, as our navigators found it did. 
 " Much of the ice may be of that saline quality whi( h 
 is said to be * annually formed and destroyed,' but the 
 greatest part of what Cook saw was not ; for he says, * it 
 seemed to be wholly composed 6f frozen snow.' In 
 another place he says, on the 17th of August, when in 
 lat. 70° 41' N. * We were at present close to the edge of 
 the ice, which was as compact as a wall, and appeared 
 to be at least 12 feet high ;' Captain Cook particularly 
 Data. K 
 
 • ii 
 
 l' 
 
 m 
 
if 
 
 ill 
 
 remarked, that the ice was all pure and transparent, 
 except the upper surface, which was rather * porous.* 
 And as the philosophers of the north have assured us, 
 that pure transparent ice projects one tenth, as it swims 
 in the sea, even this part of the ice must have been im- 
 mersed to within 12 fathoms of the bottom : but Cook 
 observes, * further to the northward it sdemed to be much 
 higher ; and in all human probability, the ice at no 
 great distance to the northward, beyond what he saw, 
 was immoveably fixed at the bottom, and continued so 
 as far as soundings extend. For it is mentioned in Clarke's 
 Voyage, that the height of the highest ice they saw * was 
 estimated at 16 or 18 feet,' which therefore must have 
 been immersed to within two or three fathoms of the 
 bottom, according to the soundings they had at the time. 
 " It is also worthy of remark, that the water was 
 found to be somewhat shallower on the coast of 
 America than that of Asia, at an equal distance; our 
 navigators were therefore able to penetrate near three 
 degrees further to the northward, on the side of 
 America, * because they came up with the ice in both 
 years sooner, and in larger quantities, on the coast of 
 Asia.' This strong fact seems of itself almost suffi- 
 cient to prove, that the heavy ice further to the north- 
 ward must have been aground in some depth ; for if 
 it were all water-borne, and moveable, as the ice was 
 which our navigators saw nearest the ships, why should 
 it not move as far to the southward on one coast, as 
 it did on the other, so long as it could float? The only 
 reason can be, because its progress in that direction 
 was sooner stopped, by the bottom being nearer the 
 surface on the coast of America, than it was on that 
 of Asia, and consequently giving to the main body of 
 fixed ice, a general direction of about E.N.E. and 
 
75 
 
 
 i- 
 
 I 
 
 W.S.W., according to tlie probable lino of equal doptli 
 of water. 
 
 " Whether this barrier may at any time of the year 
 reach as far as to the Pole itself, is a question I have 
 offered my surmises on before, rej^arding the winter ; and 
 I agreed in opinion with the philosophers of the south, 
 that the sea will be (/ only say ??iay be) there found free 
 from ice in the summer ; * presuming that there is proba- 
 bly a warmer summer temperature to dissolve it at the 
 Pole itself, than any where else, to the southward of it, 
 as far as 75° or 80° ; because, when the sun's rays first 
 strike the Pole, they will be felt there incessantly for 
 six months ; but with what force and effect I had 
 then to learn. For this information we are now, 
 however, indebted to the philosophers of the north. 
 They assure us, that * it may be shown that, under the 
 Pole, the action of the solar light is, at the time of the 
 solstice, one-fourth part greater than at the Equator, 
 and sufficient in the course of a day to melt a sheet of 
 ice one inch and a half ihick.' They further inform us, 
 that * it may be proved by experiment, that, under the 
 Pole itself, the power of the sun at the solstice could, 
 in the space of a week, melt a stratum of five inches 
 of ice. We may hence fairly compute the annual effect 
 to be sufficient for thawing to the depth oi forty inches. 
 It should likewise be observed, that owing to the ha- 
 ziness of the atmosphere in the northern latitudes, 
 those singular emanations, which are now found al- 
 ways to dart from an azure sky, and in the more tempe- 
 rate climates to diminish the calorific action of the sun, 
 often by one-fifth part, can scarcely exist. On this 
 account, perhaps, the estimate of the annual destruction 
 of the polar ice may be swelled to the thickness of 
 four feet.' 
 
76 
 
 V- 
 
 K'5'j, 
 
 
 I 
 
 511 1 
 
 ri;? 
 
 " There appears to be some mistake or discordance 
 in this computation ; for, in the first case, as * the so- 
 lar lijrht can be shown to be sufficient in the course of 
 a day to melt a sheet of ice of an inch and a half 
 thick,' it could in the space of a week melt a stratum 
 of ten inches and a half^ instead of ^fwe : and by the 
 same rule the annual effect may be sufficient for thaw- 
 ing to the depth of eighty-four inches and a half, in- 
 stead of * forty ; or perhaps the estimate of the annual 
 destruction of polar ice may be swelled to more than 
 eight feet instead of* four/ If, on the other hand, it be 
 allowed, that only * five inches' are melted ir the space 
 of a week, there cannot be so much as an inch and a 
 half melted in the course of a day, as is stated in the 
 first case. 
 
 " Whether either of these computations will be * proved* 
 to be correct by the e^vperiments Captmn Buchan is gone 
 to make in that quarter this year of our Lord, God 
 knows ; but, if he should have proceeded between Green- 
 land and Spitzbergen^ I fear not ; for the route to be pur- 
 sued towards the Pole with most probability of success, 
 must doubtless be midway between Spitzbergen and Nova 
 Zembla, for the reasons I have before given. Even the 
 philosophers of the south acknowledge that * the lands 
 are usually surrounded with ice,' and therefore recom- 
 mend that * ships, instead of coming near the lamlj and 
 endeavouring to pass through narrow straits^ ought to 
 avoid the land, and keep as * much as possible in the 
 open sea. and in or near the edge of the current, where 
 the sea may be expected to be free.' Those of the 
 north indeed go still further, and tell us, that a * few 
 weeks are commonly sufficient to disperse and dissolve 
 the floating ice, and tlie sea is at last open for a short 
 and dubious interval to the pursuits of the adventurous 
 
77 
 
 i: 
 
 mariner.' Their opinion as to tiie practicability of 
 reaching the Pole seems, upon the whole, rather slender ; 
 though not that it is impossible : for though they say, 
 
 * as the cold increases but very little in advancing to 
 the higher latitudes, the vast expanse of ice which covers 
 the Polar basin may be nearly dissolved at the close of 
 every summer ; and if the intrepid navigator, therefore, 
 could seize the short and quivering interval, he might 
 push on to the Pole itself;' yet * they consider the scheme 
 of penetrating to the Pole itself as more daring' than 
 ' the project of finding a N. W. passage to China ; which 
 they must at the same time suppose to be impossible, if 
 they believe that the peculiarities observed by Captain 
 Burney are, as they assert, ' obviously indications of an 
 inclosed sea.'' Of the success of either plan their hopes 
 are confessed .to be ' extremely slender ;' but the ground 
 they have taken leaves them in fact as much without 
 any hope at all, as I confess I am, of success. 
 
 " There is another point on which these men of sci- 
 ence and learning differ so materially, that those who 
 have read one review, and perhaps felt disposed to pin 
 their faith upon it, without much consideration, are 
 astonished, on perusing the other, to find almost every 
 thing denied, or apparently refuted ; leaving them just 
 as wise as they were before, or perhaps still worse, in 
 a state of indecision and doubt between both, or with 
 no opinion at all. The question I mean is, whether 
 the remarked chilliness of our climate in the years 1816 
 and 17 was in any degree owing to the influence of ice- 
 bergs passing in the Atlantic, which there has been so 
 much talk about ? The philosophers of the south say, 
 
 • it would be a waste of words to enter into any dis- 
 cussion on the diminution of temperature, wliich must 
 

 J 
 
 78 
 
 necessarily be occasioned by the proximity of large 
 mountains and islands of ice ; and therefore it is equally 
 clear, that our climate must have been affected by the 
 vast accumulation of ice on the east coast of Greenland. 
 It can scarcely be doubted, therefore, that the remark- 
 able chilliness of the atmosphere, in the summer months 
 of 1816 and 1817, was owing to the appearance of ice 
 in the Atlantic' 
 
 ** Now my own sensations assure me, that a northerly 
 wind is coiJ, and the thermometer that they have not de- 
 ceived me. I also suppose this wind to be cold here, 
 because it comes from regions where ice is known to 
 abound. And if there were as much ice due west of us, 
 and the wind came from it towards us, I dare say the 
 atmosphere under the lee of it would be chilled by it 
 to a certain degree, according to the distance from it ; 
 but how much and how far, I shall leave to the philo- 
 sophers of the not'th to '• compute.' Though these philo- 
 sophers deny all this, yet at the same time they seem to 
 me to acknowledge it. 
 
 " After most ably explaining the * true principles 
 which regulate the distribution of heat over the globe, in- 
 dependent of every hypothesis, by the direct appeal to 
 experiment and observation,' they assure us, that * what- 
 ever may be the vicissitudes of the Polar ice, they 
 cannot in any sensible manner affect the climates of the 
 lower latitudes ;' that * the idea is quite chimerical that 
 any winds could ever transport the Polar influence to 
 our shores.' Some persons • have imagined that the 
 mountains or islands of ice which are occasionally 
 drifted into the Atlantic ocean must be sufficient by 
 their frigoritic influence to modify the character of our 
 climate ; but a little reflection will convince us that 
 
large 
 
 I 
 
 79 
 
 such remote influence on our climate must be quite in- 
 significant.' ' ' 
 
 ** After enlarging at length, and with great ingenuity, 
 they remark, that * the three last seasons, which have 
 been reckoned very open, have succeeded to winters 
 notoriously cold and protracted ; for our severe winters 
 are occasioned by the prevalence of northerly winds, 
 which must arrive at the Polar sea. from the south, and 
 consequently transport so much warmth as may check 
 the usual rigor of the frost ! !' 
 
 "Now, though it is possible that these northerly 
 winds might have come all the way from the Pacific 
 ocean, and * have transported so much warmth as 
 might check the usual rigor of the frost,' yet it by no 
 means follows of course that they must ; or that our 
 northerly winds were ever entitled, by having traversed 
 so extensive a track, to the denomination of south. 
 For it is just as possible, and much more probable, that 
 these northerly winds originated and commenced their 
 journey somewhere in our hemisphere on this side the 
 Pole. But whether they did, or did not, come all the 
 way from the Pacific, as southerly winds, to the Pole, 
 whence they became northerly as to us here, it is, however, 
 clearly, though perhaps inadvertently, admitted by these 
 philosophers, that these said northerly winds had posi- 
 tively acquired a frigorific ' character,' somewhere, and 
 somehow, on the passage to our 'lower latitudes.' For 
 it is acknowledged that * their prevalence occasioned {on 
 account of their * frigorific influence'it may be supposed) 
 our * severe winters:' an acknowledgment apparently 
 at variance with the former opinion, that * whatever may 
 be the vicissitudes of the Polar ice, they cannot in any 
 sensible manner affect the climates of the lower lati- 
 tudes ;' and that * the idea is quite chimerical, that any 
 
I 
 
 1,1! 
 
 
 80 
 
 winds could ever transport the Polar influence to our 
 shores.' 
 
 ** These northern philosophers have satisfactorily ex- 
 plained the true principles which regulate the distribu- 
 tion of heat over the globe, particularly regarding the 
 tf?mperature of the earth, at certain depths. But in 
 apfilying these principles to the temperature of the sea, 
 some of the conclusions appear not so well to accord 
 with experiment and observation. Tbey say, that * in 
 the more temperate regions of the globe, the superficial 
 waters of lakes an J seas, as they grow warmer, and 
 therefore specifically lighter, still remain suspended by 
 their acquired buoyancy ; but whenever they come to 
 be chilled, they suflfer contraction, and are precipitated ; 
 hence the deep water of lakes and seas is a.rs:, con- 
 siderably colder than what floats at the surface, [Query, 
 — Would not the deep water of a frozen lake jt sea in 
 the more temperate regions be warmer than at the sur- 
 face, for the same reason that it is so in Polar regions ?] 
 It is then said, that ' the gradation of cold is distinctly 
 traced to the depth of 20 fathoms, below which the di- 
 minished temperature continues nearly uniform, as far 
 as the sounding line can reach.' » 
 
 *' Though the sea, as well as the land, may have its 
 isothermal lines, yet at what various depths, according 
 to the temperature of the atmosphere, climates, and 
 other mutable circumstances, has not yet been disco- 
 vered ; but certainly generally far below the di^pth ol 
 ttccnlyfdlhoms. For it would seem that there must be 
 at the surface, on two parallels, somewhere between the 
 Equator and the Poles, two stations, or points, not fixed, 
 but changeable, and dependent on the atmospheric tempe- 
 rature over them : between which stations, or points, 
 and the Equator, \\\<d\swieY will be progressively colder, 
 
 4 
 
01 
 
 to our 
 
 rily ex- 
 istribu- 
 nj5 the 
 But in 
 he sea, 
 accord 
 hat * in 
 )erficial 
 ?r, and 
 ded by 
 :ome to 
 )itated ; 
 con- 
 Query, 
 r sea in 
 the sur- 
 gions ?] 
 stinotly 
 the di- 
 2, as far 
 
 liave j:s 
 wording; 
 3S, and 
 I disco- 
 epth ul 
 nust be 
 een the 
 otfived, 
 c tempe- 
 points, 
 colder, 
 
 in proportion perhaps to its depth ; and between each, 
 and its respective Po/e, the water will be warmer in 
 proportion perhaps to its depth from the surface. But 
 i\\h general rule will not, of course always hold good, 
 where there are soundings^ or in confined waters near 
 land. 
 
 " The following experiments will prove that between 
 the tropics, and in the temperate zones at sea, when 
 the temperature of the atmosphere exceeds that of the 
 surface of the sea, the superficial water is generally 
 warmer than that at certain depths beneath it (I say 
 generally, because in soundings and confined waters 
 locAl causes may etfect many exceptions to this rule), 
 and in all probability, the greater the depth the colder 
 the fluid in that case. ' , ^ . 
 
 " On the 23d of Feb., in lat. 52° S. and about the 
 longitude of 50° W., Captain Krusenstern says the tem- 
 perature of the air was 12° Reaumur, of the surface 10°, 
 and at the depth of 55 fathoms 83°; the whole depth ul 
 the time being 75 fathoms. — On the 9th of March, in 
 lat. 50° 20' S. and longitude 72° 45' \V . the temperature 
 of the air was 4° R., the surface 21°; at the depth of 
 (iO fathoms 2.^°; and at 100 fathoms 1^°.— On the 24th 
 of May, 56 miles south of the Equator, and in longitude 
 140' \Ql \V. the temperature of Uie air and surface were 
 tY|i.\d at 221° ; and at the depth of 100 tathouTs 12^. 
 f^i the 22d of June, on the tropic of Cancer, in the Pa- 
 cific, th^r* tefnperature of the surface was 20"^ 5' R. ; at the 
 iWpth ot 25 fathoms 19° .^ ; at 50 fathoms 17° 2' ; and at 
 125 fathoms 13° 3'; so that there was a progressive 
 ♦decrease of temperature of 1° in 25 fathoms ; 3° 3' in 
 iO fathoms, and 7° 2' ai 125 fathoms. Many more 
 examples might be g!>en to the same efleot, if it were 
 necessary. One vcjy remarkable one is mentioned by 
 
 Data. L 
 
82 
 
 1 
 
 it- . 
 
 M< 
 
 III 
 
 if' 
 
 Mr. Clarke Abel in his recent work. He informs us 
 that Captain Wauchope of H. M. S. Eurydice, when 
 within a few leagues of tlie Equator, put his apparatus 
 overboard, and allowed it to descend till it had run 
 out 1400 fathoms of line, but he estimated the perpen- 
 dicular depth at 1000 fathoms. The temperature of 
 the surface was 73". On drawing- up the instrument, 
 he found the thermometer marking 42° ; a difference 
 of temperature of 31°. And there can be no doubt 
 but that the difference of the temperature was progres- 
 sive from the Surface down to that depth. 
 
 " The philosophers of the north observe : * That in 
 shallow seas, the cold substratum of liquid is brought 
 nearer to the surface ;' but though as a general axiom 
 this may be true, yet it may not be relied on in particu- 
 lar cases, much less * that the increasing coldness of 
 the water drawn up from only the depth of a few 
 fathoms, may therefore indicate to the navigator who 
 traverses the wide ocean, his approach to banks or 
 land.' Indeed no navigator who has had any experi- 
 ence in the matter would, I apprehend, place the least 
 dependence on so precarious a guide ; for he must 
 know that many experiments would show its falli- 
 bility. -^ .; '. <■- . : • 
 
 " Some instances^ in proof of this, may be collected 
 from the journal of Captain Hall of the Lyra, lately 
 published, who made some experiments on the tempe- 
 rat'ire of the surface near the Loochoo Islands, and in 
 the Yellow Sea. ^ 
 
 ** On the 19th of July, when off Chusan in, 32 fathoms 
 water, the temperature of the surface of the sea was 
 78° and 80° ; and on the 22d, in 43 fathoms, it was only 
 77° and 72° ; but when at anchor in 3i fathoms, in the 
 Gulf of Peecheelee, in latitude 38° 42' N., and longi- 
 
 f^ 
 
 No 
 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 h 
 
 2 
 3 
 4 
 
 1 
 
 5 
 
 1 
 
 6 
 
m 
 
 83 . 
 
 tude 117" 49' W., on the 27th of July, the temperature 
 of the surface was as high as 82°. Also on the .'id of 
 August, when at anchor off Peiho, the surface was 82" 
 at noon, and 80° at midnight, and ihereit was generally 
 warmer than the atmosphere itself. When at anchor 
 in Napakiang harbour, the general temperature of the 
 surface of the sea was about 83°, but out at sea, oft' the 
 Island of Loochoo, when in latitude 26' 36' N. and 
 longitude 127° 56' W. the surface was 4 or 5 degrees 
 colder, being on the 14th and 15th only 79^° and 78°. 
 Again, on the 20th of October, at anchor in Napakiang 
 harbour, when the autumnal cold had lowered the 
 temperature of the sea's surface there to 75 1° and 75°, 
 (or 7 or 8 degrees below what it was when anchored 
 there before) yet in the Japan sea the surface was also 
 lower, being 74° and 73°. Thus in these particular 
 instances, the water became warmer (at the surface at 
 least) the nearer the land was approached, and also as 
 the depth of water ^ecreajefif. /: ,;/ ,? ; 
 
 " Mr. Clarke Abel has also published the result of 
 a few experiments made by him on the temperature of 
 the sea, in soundings, both at the surface and bottom, 
 which, though useful and satisfactory, are not conclu- 
 sive. They are shown in the following table. 
 
 
 
 • 
 
 • 
 -a 
 
 • 
 
 £ 
 
 .■« 
 
 a. 
 Q 
 
 Place. 
 
 Tempe- 
 niture. 
 
 Difference of 
 Temperature 
 
 Date. 
 
 5 
 
 4-* 
 
 a 
 
 in 
 
 
 u 
 
 • 
 
 g 
 3 
 
 30 
 
 
 CO o 
 
 (UCQ 
 
 %_ a 
 O '=* 
 
 .i: E 
 
 II 
 
 Cl> 
 
 No 
 1 
 2 
 3 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 July 1816. 
 
 23 8 A.M. 
 
 24 Noon. 
 
 25 8 A.M. 
 8 P.M. 
 
 26 6 A.M. 
 2711P.M. 
 
 o ' 
 
 35 01 
 .36 24 
 37 30 
 
 37 58 
 
 38 12 
 
 ' 
 
 123 46 
 122 69 
 122 40 
 
 121 34 
 120 30 
 
 40 
 15 
 20 
 
 is 
 
 15 
 15 
 
 Open Sea. 
 do. 
 do. 
 do. 
 
 Amongst the 
 Mectaw Islands. 
 
 Gulf of Pee- 
 cbeelee. 
 
 
 
 76 
 7.5 
 72 
 74 
 
 74 
 
 75 
 
 o 
 
 74 
 71 
 67 
 69 
 
 67 
 
 74 
 
 65 
 67 
 62 
 66 
 
 66 
 
 72 
 
 o 
 
 2 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 '7 
 
 7 
 1 
 
 
 
 9 
 4 
 5 
 3 
 
 1 
 2 
 
 o 
 
 n 
 
 8 
 
 10 
 
 8 
 
 8 
 
 3 
 
 I 
 
 
84 
 
 " From these experiments (Mr. Clarke Abel observes) 
 it appears ; * 1st. That the sea diminishes in its tem- 
 perature in proportion to its depth.' * 2d. That the 
 difference of the temperature of the surface and any 
 given depth, within a certain range, is greater at sea 
 than 7iear the land.' ' 3d. That the difference of the 
 temperature at the surface and bottom is greatest when 
 that of the air and surface is least.' * 
 
 **The 1st and 3d positions appear evident on the 
 face of the experiments, but the experiment No. 3 
 seems to affect the correctness of the 2d position ; for 
 the difference of the surface, and 20 fathoms depth, 
 vi'as 5 degrees, and by that of the 1 st experiment, made 
 further from the land, there was a difference of 9° only 
 in 40 fathoms ; which was less in proportion than near 
 the land. It is remarkable, however, that all these 
 experiments (except the 3d) prove, as far as they go, 
 that in the depth of 15 fathoms the water at the bottom 
 was invariably warmer, than it was found to be at the 
 depth of 40 fathoms * in the open sea ;' and in the 
 Gulf of Peecheelee, where the 6th experiment was 
 niade, it was no less than 1" degrees warmer at the 
 depth of 15 fathoms. 
 
 
 •V-.:.f 
 
 •i ;y 
 
 "The lower state of the atmosphere when the 3d 
 experiment was made, would seem to account for the 
 temperature of the water at the bottom being so much 
 below what it was found to be by the others. ' 
 
 " There is also a much greater proportional difference 
 of the temperature of the air and water at the depth of 
 20 fathoms, than there was by the rest of the experi- 
 ments. 
 
 •« These experiments also prove, that in these ' shal- 
 low seas,' however, the cold substratum of liquid, ivas 
 mt brought nearer the surface, at this season of the 
 
85 
 
 was 
 
 year ; so that in these instances, there was rm increas- 
 ing * coldness of water drawn up from the depth of only 
 a few fathoms, to indicate to the navigator, wlio tra- 
 verses the wide ocean, his approach to land or banks ;' 
 but the reverse. 
 
 "After this digression from the chief point of my 
 inquiry, I shall now conclude, by merely observing, 
 that as the success or failure of both expeditions 
 ultimately depends upon there being a passage {practi- 
 cable for ships) or no passage, from * the Polar Basin' 
 into the Pacific, — a point, on which so much has been 
 said and written by philosophers — on which scarcely 
 two persons are found to agree — all have their doubts, 
 and none have any positive knowledge, — it would really 
 seem that thiSf of all others, from its superior import- 
 ance, ought to have been first determined, and not left 
 as the last, and in all human probabiUty the most diffi- 
 cuk to be solved by our Polar navigators. And that 
 too (if ever they reach so far) near the long-hoped for 
 close of a toilsome voyage, when they may be reduced 
 by sickness or deaths ; or at least so worn down by 
 anxiety and fatigue, as to be unable to return the way 
 they came, or to surmount the difficulties opposed to 
 their furtiier progress. ; , 
 
 " The despatching these expeditions by the way they 
 are gone, to explore a passage through Behring's Strait, 
 seems as if a pt.-rson were ordered to enter a certain 
 labyrinth, by a well known passage on one 6ide, but to 
 pass out of it on the opposite by another, which one half 
 the world supposed there might be, and the other half 
 that there might not — of whose existence most were in 
 doubt, and none knew any thing, except a few, who had 
 twice tried, but could find uo passage beyond a certain 
 barrier which they found to be insurmountable. 
 
 t 
 
 ''\\ 
 
«?; I 
 
 86 
 
 P 
 
 hi 
 
 m 
 
 ml 
 
 
 .*.*' 
 IW 
 
 !«' 
 
 * " Now if this very barrier sliould happen to he gene- 
 rally considered as Ihe probably chief obstacle to be sur- 
 mounted, and could, without much difficulty, be a|)- 
 proached from the side where it lay ; certainly the most 
 rational, the most prudent and advisable course should 
 seem to be, first of all to have this barrier examined on 
 that side, and its nature and extent fully ascertained, 
 before the person be sent on what people of common 
 sense would perhaps call * a wild-goose-chase,' without 
 such information. 
 
 *' However, though this part of the expeditions may 
 fail, yet if our navigators return, let them have reached 
 where they may, they will at least bring back with 
 them more correct hydrographical information than 
 any we can have at present. And in all probability 
 the observations they may have l)een enabled to make 
 in the Arctic regions will enlarge the bounds of sci- 
 ence ; and for that alone, though no other benefit 
 should be derived from them, it was highly befitting a 
 country like this to send them out." 
 
 In the month of October, 1818, the Dorothea and 
 Trent arrived, after the most strenuous, but unsuccess- 
 ful endeavors to penetrate towards the No'th Pole, 
 betwee7i Greenland and Spitzbergen. The Isabella and 
 Alexander also returned to Deptford on the 21st of 
 November ; and in the beginning of the following year 
 Captain Ross published an account of his voyage. 
 A writer in the Quarterly Review, No. 41, published 
 in May 1819, in criticising that work, speaks of the 
 two voyages in these terms : ''The failure of the Polar 
 expedition was owing to one of those accidtnts to 
 which all sea voyages are liable, more especially when 
 to the ordinary sea risk is superadded that of a naviga- 
 tion among fields and masses of ice." Now, as a mere 
 
87 
 
 looker on, I am inclined to think, with Phoca, that if 
 Captain Biichan had been ordered to make his attempt 
 to the eastward of Spitzbergen, he might perhaps have 
 advanced further than he did ; though even if it had 
 been possible for him to pass the Polar Axis of the 
 Globe, he never would have reached Behring's Strait. 
 
 " Of the other Voyage (says the Reviewei-; we 
 hardly know in what terms to speak, or how to account 
 for it." He does, however, in the sequel, seem to ac- 
 count for it pretty well. And, after belabouring the 
 Captain to his heart's content with his goose-quill, he 
 consoles himself under "the disappointment he ex- 
 perienced in common with the rest of the world, at the 
 failure of tha two expeditions, which bade so fair to set 
 at rest the long agitated question of the existence or 
 non-existence of a north-west passage," &c., with a 
 glance " at the advantages which have resulted from 
 it." The first and most prominfent of them is thus 
 candidly acknowledged ; " We are 7iozv quite sure that 
 there is such a Bay, or rather inland sea, as that of Baf- 
 fin, though neither so wide, nor of the same form, as it 
 is usually represt-nted in charts," — a fact, by the by, that 
 few or none, exr pt himself, perhaps had ever doubted, 
 any more than lu y helievi. i in the existence of his ima- 
 ginary current of " four or five knots velocity, through 
 Baffin's Sea,' which this recent confirmation of poor 
 Baffin's veracity has gone far to annihilate, and with 
 it one of the Reviewers strongest arguments in favor of 
 a practicable passage for ships ; as I shall endeavor to 
 show by and by. 
 
 In consequence of the failure of both these expedi- 
 tions, a; question of a practicable passage, either by 
 way of ibe Pole, or through Davis's Strait to the 
 northwhiii and westward, and through Behring's 
 
 m 
 
 h 
 
^. 
 
 i 
 
 IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-S) 
 
 / 
 
 O 
 
 
 V] 
 
 <^ 
 
 /a 
 
 % 
 
 ^l 
 
 
 /A 
 
 "W 
 
 '/ 
 
 1.0 
 
 I^|2j8 |25 
 
 ■ 50 *^™ Iml jLi - 
 
 I.I 
 
 US 
 
 
 1.8 
 
 1.25 
 
 U 111.6 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sciences 
 
 Corporation 
 
 2j west main street 
 webster, n.y. 14580 
 
 (716) 872-4503 
 
7 
 
 l/j 
 
111 
 
 I 
 
 
 88 
 
 Strait into the Pacific, of course remained in precisely 
 the same doubtful state as it did before they sailed. 
 Captain Ross had been deceived by a reliance on his 
 own eyesight, and therefore did not examine, with all 
 due care and attention, the entrance and extent of 
 Lancaster Sound, which many of the Officers of the 
 Expedition believed to be open to the westward ; it was 
 therefore thought proper to send out another expedi- 
 tion to explore it completely. 
 
 Many were sanguine enough to think it would be 
 found to lead into the Polar Sea, or along the North 
 Coast of America, whence the long-sought for passage 
 through Behring's Strait would be accomplished, and 
 none more so than our Reviewer. 
 
 In the Quarterly Review, No. 35, at pages 211, 212, 
 he took much pains to show that his " perpetual c ir- 
 rent to the southward through Baffin's Sea did exist, 
 because Baffin's Bay did not ; as it would be difficult to 
 explain how any current could originate at the bottom 
 of such a Bay, much less a current that is stated to 
 run scnetimes with a velocity of four and even five 
 miles an hour ;" and the fact of " several vessels having 
 been as high as Baffin, without observing the least ap- 
 pearance of land, removed all doubt as to th6 non- 
 existence of the Bay, as drawn in the charts." From 
 his own mind it certainly did. 
 
 In the Quarterly Review, No. 36, for June following, 
 while the two Expeditions under Buchan and Ross 
 were pending, he " discussed the points on which the 
 probability of their success might be calculated ; and 
 which he thought would mainly depend on two circum- 
 stances^ the existence of a circumvolving current 
 from the North Pacific into the Atlantic, which would 
 prove the communication ; and of a great Polar Sea 
 
m 
 
 
 cisely 
 
 s. 
 
 without land,'' As to any obstruction from ice there, it 
 does not seem to have entered at all into his contem- 
 plation. He considered " the important, and indeed the 
 onli/ point to be ascertained, was the general and perma* 
 nent direction taken by the grea^ body of the Pacific." 
 ' Though he stems to have been perfectly satisfied 
 himself, with " having traced the waters of the Pacific 
 through Behring*s Strait," and along with it a plank of 
 hiahogany all the way to Disco ; yet the movement of 
 those waters towards Behring s Strait seems to be com- 
 pletely disproved by Phoca's statement of facts, though 
 he admits, on the words of Cook and Clarke, of there 
 being a trifling superficial current to the northward in 
 that Strait ; and which has since been confirmed by 
 Lieutenant Kotzebue. But as the Reviewer has con- 
 fessed that he does " now know there is such a Bay, or 
 rather inland Sea, as that of BalBin," he must admit the 
 impossibility of the mahogany plank having drifted 
 down to Disco, through his " Baffin's Sea." And yet, 
 notwithstanding this Reviewer's acknowledgement mm, 
 h^ there being indeed such a Bay as that of Baffin, 
 he still clings to his favorite current, as part of the 
 circumvolving one between the Pacific and Atlantic 
 Oceans, and will not give it up, although he formerly 
 declared "it would be difficult to explain how any 
 current could originate in the bottom of such a bay ;" 
 protesting in the Quarterly Review, No. 41, that 
 " whatever Captain Ross may say or think to the con* 
 trary, there cannot remain the slightest doubt that the 
 great body of the water in Baffin's Bay has a motion'* 
 to the southward. 
 
 . This pertinacious adherence to a long cherished 
 favorite notion, is very natural in one who had been 
 *' so circumstantial with regard to this current, as its 
 
 Data. M 
 
 Mr 
 
90 
 
 I 
 
 ejtislence (said he) affords, in our opiriioii, the best fidpc 
 for the success of the Expeditions now engaged in ex* 
 ploring a passage." 
 
 . Unwilling to place much confidence in the states 
 ments of the conductor of the Expedition through 
 Davis's Strait, the Quarterly Reviewer preferred the 
 (pinion of the officers of the Alexander, "that a 
 southerly current had been experienced, Ion g before 
 they approached the entrance of Cumberland Strait,'* 
 on their return to the southward. But on this subject, 
 in its proper order, I shall have occasion to give the 
 opinion of the officer who then commanded the Alex- 
 ander, and has had further experience, since that time, 
 of the set of the currents, or tides, in Davis's Strait, as 
 far to the northward, at least, as Lancaster Sound. 
 
 The result of Ross's Voyage having rendered a pas- 
 sage through ** Baffin's Sea" rather hopeless in a high 
 latitudey and the supposed current at all events very 
 doubtful, though the Reviewer rested his " best hope^^ 
 for the success of the Expedition on its existence ; the 
 search was now to be made for this " best hope" further 
 to the southward, in Sir James Lancaster's Sound. 
 
 The Hecla and Griper were commissioned for this 
 service about the latter end of January 1819, the 
 former by Lieutenant Edward William Parry, and the 
 Griper by Lieutenant Matthew Liddon, They left 
 Deptford on the 4th of May, and sailed from the Nore 
 jon the 11th. Lieutenant Parry was instructed, as 
 Commander of the Expedition, ** to make the best of 
 his way to Davis's Strait. On his arrival in tWs Strait, 
 his further proceedings were to be regulated chiefly 
 by the position and extent of the ice; but on finding 
 it sufficiently open to permit his approach to the 
 .western shores of the Strait, and his advance to the 
 
I>l 
 
 .01 
 
 north ward« as far as the opening in Sir James Lan- 
 caster's 8ound, he was to proceed in the first instance, 
 fo that; part of. the coast, and use bis best endeavois 
 to explore the bottom of that Sound ; or in the event 
 of its proving a Strait opening to the westward, he \vas 
 to use all possible means, consistently with the safety 
 of the two ships, to pass through it, and ascertain its 
 direction and communications ; and if it should be 
 found to connect itself with the northern sea, he wad 
 to make the best of his way to Behring's Strait." The 
 finding a passage from the Atlantic to the Pacific was 
 the main object of this expedition. Another expedi- 
 tion proceeded also under the command of Lieutenant 
 Franklin, late Commander of the Trent, from Fort 
 York, on the shores of Hudson's Bay, to trace the 
 Copper Mine River to its mouth, and the coast of 
 America from thence to the eastward or northward; 
 as tlie case might be, in order to settle the long-sought-fer 
 N,E. point cf that Cmtinent. Lieutenant Parry re. 
 turned from his Voyage on the 3d of November 1820, 
 of which he has published a well-written account'. 
 Captain Franklin returned some months before him=, 
 and both were justly promoted for the ability and peN 
 severance with which they endeavored to accomplish the 
 grand objects of the Expeditions they were respectively 
 intrusted with the command of. But though they both 
 failed in attaining the two chief ultimate objects of their 
 search, owing to the existence of physical impediments 
 which had not been foreseen, and perhaps no human 
 power could possibly have suripounted ; yet they did 
 as much as men could do, and brought back with 
 them a great accession of knowledge respecting the 
 Arctic regions, and many experimental facts, which will 
 be found, I fear, wher* we come to examine them 
 
 
92 
 
 closely, to bear rather against than in favor of the exist* 
 ence of a practicable N.W. passage for ships, though 
 both these officers have recorded their opinions of its 
 practicability. 
 
 Though Captain Parry had the good fortune to find 
 a navigable passage, from the entrance of Lancaster 
 Sound, along the southern shores of a chain of lands, 
 lying in an east and west direction, and sufficiently 
 contiguous to keep that passage free at least of the 
 heavy polar ices, by impeding their further progress 
 between or to the southward of those lands ; yet 
 when he approached the S.W. end of the westernmost 
 of them, named by him Melville Island, he found it 
 utterly impossible to succeed in his most strenuous at- 
 tempts to pass that point. When near this point. 
 Captain Parry says, he sent Lieutenant Beechey to 
 measure a mass of ice which had drifted close to the 
 . ship, who found its thickness to be 42 feet ; and he 
 says, " as it was a piece of a regular floe, this mea- 
 surement may serve to give some idea of the general 
 thickness of the ice in this neighbourhood. There were 
 some, however, which were of much larger dimensions ; 
 an immense floe, which formed the principal, or at leii.si 
 the nearest obstruction to the westward^ was covered 
 with large hummocks, giving to its upper surface the 
 appearance of hill and dale. The thickness of this floe, 
 at its nearest edge, was six or seven feet above the sea, 
 and as about six sevenths are usually immersed, the 
 whole thickness would appear, in the common way of 
 reckoning, to have been from 40 to 50 ieei, which cor- 
 responds with that actually measured by Lieutenant 
 Beechey. But the hummocks were, many of them at 
 least, from 15 to 25 feet above the level of the sea, so 
 that the solidiiy of this enormous floe must have been 
 
 
 \'i 
 
D3 
 
 infinitely greater than any thing vre bad seen before. 
 It was the opinion "f Messrs. Allison and Fyffe that it 
 very much resembled the ice met with at Spiizbergen, 
 but according to the account of the two latter, was 
 much heavier than any which thei/ had seen there.'* 
 Captain Parry then observes — ** It now became evident, 
 from the combined experience of this and the preced- 
 ing year, that there was something peculiar about the 
 S.W. extremity of Melville Island, which made the 
 ici/ sea there extremely unfavorable to navigation, and 
 which seemed likely to bid defiance to'all our efforts 
 to proceed much further to the westward in this paral- 
 lel of latitude. We had arrived off it on the 17th of 
 k^eptembar 1819, after long and Leavy gales from the 
 north- v^estward, by which alone the ice is ever opened 
 on thi^ coast" (meaning, I presume, the south or lee> 
 ward coast with those winds), ** and found it in unusu- 
 ally heavy and extensive fields, completely closing in 
 with the land, a mile or two to the eastward of wher6 
 we were now lying. We again arrived herein the early 
 part of August ; and though the rest of the navigation 
 had been remarkably clear for the 50 miles between this 
 and Winter Harbour, seeming to afford a presumptive 
 proof that the season was rather a favorable one than 
 otherwise, the same obstruction presented itself as 
 before ; nor did there appear, from our late experience^ 
 a reasonable ground to hope that any fortuitous cir- 
 cumstance, such as an alteration in winds or currents, 
 was likely to remove the formidable impediments which 
 we had to encounter. The increased dimensions of the 
 ice hereabouts would not alone have created an insur- 
 mountable difficulty in the navigation, but that it was 
 very naturally accompanied by a degree of closeness 
 which seldom or never admitted an open space of 
 
 i- ■ ■;• '■* 
 
clear water of sufficient size for a ship, or even a boat, 
 to sail on it. We had been lying nearlj^ in our present 
 situation, with an easterly wind, and blowing fresh, for 
 thirty-six hours together, and although this was consi* 
 derably off the land, beyond the western point of the 
 land now in sight, the ice had not during the whole 
 of that time moved a single yard from the shore ; afford* 
 ing a proof that there was no space in which the ice 
 was at liberty to move to the westward** Captain Parry, 
 at page 297 of his Voyage, after again admitting that 
 ** there is something peculiar about the S. W. end of Mel- 
 ville Island, extremely unfavorable to navigation, yet it 
 is also certain, that the obstructions we met with from 
 ice, both as to its thickness and extent, were found ge- 
 jierally to increase as we proceeded to the westward 
 after passing through Barrow's Strait," endeavors to 
 account for this ' peculiar something,' as well as this 
 increased obstruction from ice, in a way that I should 
 rather have expected from the Quarterly Reviewer than 
 him. Captain Parry says, " That we should find this 
 to be the case, might perhaps have been reasonably 
 anticipated ; because the proximity to a permanently 
 open sea" (the Pacific I presume) " appears to be the 
 cir<!;umstance, which of all others, tends the most to 
 temper the severity of the Polar regions, in any given 
 parallel of latitude. On this account, I should always 
 expect to meet with the most serious impediment about 
 midway between the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans ; and 
 having once passed that barrier, I should as confidently 
 hope to find the difficulties lessen, in proportion as we 
 advanced towards the latter sea ; especially as it is well 
 known that the climate of any given parallel on the west 
 side of America is, no matter from what cause, very 
 jpany degrees more temperate than on the eastern 
 
^m 
 
 m 
 
 f dust.'" This in a very fair theoretical mode of account-* 
 jng for the peculiarity of the obstructions near the 
 S.W. end of Melville Island, though the Quarterly 
 Reviewer gives a much better reason for it He sayg, 
 ♦* All their efforts proved of no avail to get beyond the 
 S.W. extremity of Melville Island. There is something 
 peculiar in the situation of this point that prevents the ice 
 from leaving the shore, as had in every other part of the 
 voyage been found to be the case ; it was owing proba* 
 bly to the disconlinuance of land, or to the prevailing 
 northerly winds having driven down the main body of ice, 
 and wedged it in among the Islands." Nothing can be 
 more evident than that it was owing to both these 
 causes ; and which Mr. Fisher, the Surgeon of the 
 Hecla, seems very clearly to have considered so on the 
 spot. He says, in his Voyage of Discovery to the 
 Arctic regions, at page 127, on Friday 17th Septem- 
 ber, 1819, '* We cast off again this morning, and stood 
 to the westward, until we came to the ice, which we 
 found to be nearly in the same situation where we 
 were stopped by it yesterday. It was observed to be 
 much heavier than what we have generally met with 
 before, being somewhat like that which they describe 
 the Greenland ice to' be; so that I think it is most 
 probable that it is not formed here, but drifts down from 
 higher latitudes, or what may be termed the Polar Sea,^* 
 The day before this, the ship had been " made fast to a 
 hummock of ice aground in fifteen fathoms water," 
 Avhich must therefore have been at least 100 feet thick. 
 In the following year again, when in latitude 74* 26^, 
 and longitude 113' 46', very near the S.W. extremity of 
 Melville Island, on the 15th of August, he says, at page 
 234 : " With respect to the state of the ice, I could 
 perceive no material difference in it to-day fi-om what 
 it has been for this week past : close in with the land. 
 
 
&a 
 
 13 
 
 it is broken up into small pieces ; but at the distance of a 
 mile (or two at the farthest) from the coast, commence 
 a line of floes, that extend to the -westward and south- 
 ward as far as the eye can penetrate from the most 
 elevated situation in this neighbourhood, and leaving 
 no clear space except a few pools." "Without di- 
 gressing much from my narrative, I may remark, in 
 this place, that the reason generally given why so much 
 heavy ice should lie off this part of the coast is, 
 because we are near the west end of this island, so that 
 the ice which comes from the northward lodges here. 
 The land (Banks's) that we see to the southward and 
 westward (at the distance of 17 or 18 leagues) may be 
 considered also as 'another locality that tends to keep 
 this place always hampered with ice." Mr. Pisber*s 
 opinion as to the origin and cause of this heavy ice in 
 this place, is doubtless most correct ; and from what 
 he says, it would appear to have been generally en- 
 tertaimd on board the ships at the time. It seems in- 
 deed, from the following passage, to have been even 
 the opinion of Captain Parry himself, that discontinuity 
 of land westward of Melville Island was one reason 
 why this insurmountable icy impediment, of so new a 
 character, was found about the western extremity of 
 that island ; and which therefore necessarily involves 
 ladmission of the other primary one, viz. the so far xxur 
 o\iBixvLcieA drift oiiheice from the northward. At page 
 250 he says, " On the 16th of August, in order to have 
 ^ clear and distinct view of the state of the ice, after 
 24 hours' wind from that (western) quarter. Captain 
 tSabine, Mr. Edwards, and myself, walked about two 
 miles to the westward, along the highest part of the 
 land, next the sea ; from whence it appeared but too 
 evident that no passage in this direction was yet to be 
 
 ! 
 
97 
 
 eof a 
 nence 
 south- 
 I most 
 saving 
 ut di- 
 rk, in 
 much 
 ast is, 
 ;o that 
 i here. 
 :d and 
 aay be 
 keep 
 ^isher's 
 ice in 
 , what 
 ly en- 
 ims in- 
 even 
 itinuity 
 reason 
 new a 
 aity of 
 ivolves 
 far un- 
 t page 
 ;o have 
 e, after 
 'aptain 
 at two 
 of the 
 )ut too 
 )t to be 
 
 expected. The only clear water in sight, was a chan- 
 nel of about three quarters of a mile wide in some 
 places, between the ice and the land, extending as far as 
 a bold headland bearing N. o2° W. distant two miles 
 and a quarter, and was called Cape Dundas. The ice 
 to the W. and W.S.W. was as solid and compact to 
 all appearance as so much land; to which, indeed, 
 the surface of many of the fields, froni the kind of hill 
 and dale I have before endeavored to describe, bore 
 no imperfect resemblance. I have no doubt that, had 
 it been our object to circumnavigate Melville Island, or, 
 on the other hand, had tlie coast continued its westerly 
 direction^ instead of turning to the northward, we should 
 have contrived to proceed a little occasionally, as op- 
 portunities offered." As to the first, it is very ques- 
 tionable ; but of the latter there can be no doubt at all, 
 because, if the land had continued its westerly direction, 
 no such impediment as was found, for want of its pro- 
 tection on the north, could have existed, as far as it 
 might have extended. Indeed, if a chain of lands such 
 as the North Georgian Islands extended from Melville 
 Island all the way to the meridian of Behring's Strait, 
 on the same parallel, the passage from thence to that 
 •Strait would be attended with no more difficultv than 
 that was from the entrance of Lancaster Sound to Mel- 
 ville Island, and for exactly the same reason. But it 
 is from the improbability (amounting almost to a certain- 
 ty) that any such lands can be reasonably expected to 
 exist in a direction parallel to the north coast of Ame- 
 rica, so contiguous to each other, in that whole extent^ as 
 to afford to ships the same protection from the polar 
 ice, as the Hecla and Griper received from the North 
 Georgian Islands, that 1 am compelled to infer the 
 non-existence of a practicable N.W. passage for ships. 
 
It being much more probable (even admit ting that all 
 the lands thut may extend from the west side of Green- 
 land towards tlie coast of America, as far even as ley 
 Cape, are insulated^ that spaces, quite as extensive as 
 that to tlie westward of Melville Island, may intervene, 
 so as to admit the polar ices between lands so sepa- 
 rated, and thereby cause the very same kind of obstruc- 
 tion as was met with at the S.W. extremity of Melville 
 Island. 
 
 Nothing can prove more clearly than the foregoing 
 extracts, that the ices described therein ivtre what Mr. 
 Fisher very justly considered them, polar ices, (if there 
 be no land to the northward) and that such ices have, 
 as I will endeavor to prove they must necessarily have, 
 a constant tendency to drift to the southward, under 
 the impulse given to them by the polar current, and the 
 prevailing northerly winds, until they are impeded by 
 the northern shores of intervening lands, upon which 
 they must consequently lodge ; as was found to be the 
 case by Captain Parry, when he made his journey 
 across Melville Island. He says, at page 191, "As soon 
 as we had gained the summit of this point, which was 
 about 80 feet above the sea, and was named after Mr. 
 Nias, we had an additional confirmation that it was the 
 sea which we had now reached ; the ice being throiun up 
 under the point, and as far as we could see to the west- 
 ward, in large, high, irreguhir masses, exactly similar to 
 those which had so often afforded us anchoras^e and 
 shelter upon the southern shores of the Island." *' A 
 continuous line of very large hummocks of ice extended 
 from Point Nias about two miles and a half in a N.E. 
 direction. They were the kind of humjnocks which 
 always indicate the ice having met with resistance by 
 grouh Jng. The whole of the shore, as far as I could see 
 
90 
 
 with a p:1ass, bore evident marks of that tremendous pres- 
 sure which is? produced by tiehls of ice when set in mo- 
 tion." He further observes, "The ice on this coast, as 
 compared v\ith tliat in Winter Harbour, heing double the 
 thickness of that of the otlier, may at lirst sight appear 
 to be an indication of a tJiore severe ciunate on this than 
 .on the southern coast of Melville Ishmd." Thoujrh it 
 may appear very hke presumption to question the 
 opinion and judgment of Captain Parry, in this in- 
 stance, yet 1 shoukl imagine there can be no doubt of 
 the fact of the north side of Melville Island being colder 
 than the other, for the same reason that it would be 
 warmer near the south side of a high brick-wall, than it 
 possibly could be on the other ; especially if extensive 
 fields of ice lay to the north of it, and the winds prevailed 
 nearly two-thirds of the year from that quarter, as it 
 appears they do at Melville Island. And i\\e proof oi 
 this is, that the radiation of heat from the southern 
 shores of Melville Island dissolved the ice from those 
 shores, but the northern continued to be encumbered 
 with it ; and in all human probability will remain so 
 till doomsday.* However, Captain Parry says, *' this 
 circumstance is, as we know by experience, the formation 
 of a single winter ; whereas, on an open and e.vposed 
 beach, like that of Point Nias, the last years or sea ice 
 is at liberty to fix itself in the autumn, forcing up the 
 masses which we see aground in all such situations, 
 and increasing in the course of the ensuing winter to the 
 
 * Mr. Fisher, at page 209, sajis, " With respect to the nature of the 
 country on this side the island, there is as little to be said, in favor of 
 its fertility, as any we have seen ; in fact it is as barren as it is possi- 
 ble for land to be : even the hardy Poppy, i\mt abounds on the south 
 side of the island in the worst soil, is not to be seen here," 
 
 li 
 
 I 
 
ICO 
 
 thickness wliich we found it to be. Had we acci- 
 dentally come to any bay or harbour, secur^e from the 
 access of the floes from without, and of the same depth 
 as Winter Harbr^ar, / doubt not we should have found 
 the ice in it of nearly the same thickness." I am free to 
 confess that I verv much doubt this inference; for 
 though a bay on the north side of the island, " secure 
 from the floes from without," and " of the same depth 
 as Winter Harbour," would be, so far, similar ; yet the 
 situation of one, being to the north, open to the winds 
 which are found so generally to blow from that frigid 
 quarter, and the other on the south, having intervening 
 land to shelter it more from them, there would doubtless 
 be a difference of general temperature in favor of Win- 
 ter Harbour. However, though this may be only mat- 
 ter of opinion, yet the matters of fact which the forego- 
 ing extract contains, are much more to my purpose, and 
 speak a languagethatcannot well be misunderstood. The 
 first of these is, that heavy masses of ice had heen forced 
 up, on an open and exposed beach — open to the north. 
 Frohi this first fact 1 infer the existence of a cause (or 
 causes) let it be what it may, which is in constant or 
 general operation of power sufficient to impel those 
 masses /ro»2 north to south, and to force them by " tre- 
 mendous pressure up on the beach." That the same 
 cause will impel these polar ices down to the south- 
 ward, even on to the coast of America, wherever they 
 can float, and do not meet with any obstruction to their 
 progress; or aie rot dissolved. That if any of the 
 masses furthest to the southward be in fact dissolved, 
 the space they covered is imperceptibly occupied by 
 those next to them, which are continually pressed on 
 towards the south, by others still further to the north- 
 ward of them. For this reason, the north shore of 
 
^ 
 
 lOl 
 
 Melville Island was encumbered with such polar ices, 
 from the beach, as far out to sea, towards the north, as 
 the sight extended at its highest elevation. And for 
 the same reason, there can be no doubt that the north' 
 em shores of all lands situated between Greenland 
 and any part of the north coast of Amer ^a, must be 
 encumbered in like manner, unless they be protected 
 from the polar ices by other lands to the northward 
 of them. Besides, ices so lodged aground may, instead 
 of diminishing, perhaps augment annually, as Phoca, 
 with proper caution and diffidence, only inferred sls pos- 
 sible^ because (what was considered) the best amkority, 
 at the time, informed him, "that, owing to the great 
 depth at which ice floats in water, it must take the 
 ground at considerable distance from the shore, where 
 it becomes a nucleus for floating patches to form round 
 it ; and the summer sun having little power on such 
 enormous masses, they accumulate in magnitude, and 
 spread over a wider surface from year to year ; and if 
 large fragments were not frequently torn from them, 
 and borne away by the currents, the whole surface of 
 the straits and narrow seas would, in process of time, be 
 covered with ice. The most northerly straits and islands, 
 which form the passages into Hudson's Bay, are of course 
 never free from mountains and patches of ice ; and yet 
 all navigators proceeding on discovery have either enter- 
 ed those Straits and had to struggle against the ice, and 
 currents, and tides on the coast of America; or, have 
 keptsocloseto the land, on the west coast, of Greenland 
 as to encounter the same obstacles." All this was very 
 true, no doubt, as regarded the past, and, taken prophe- 
 tically, has been proved unfortunately to be but too cor- 
 rect,bythe result of the several attempts which havesince 
 beenmadotonavigatethese * wore;?0ri//er/j/5fm/*.' Phoca 
 
 i 
 
 ;:?r 
 
 
 
102 
 
 i 
 
 f 
 
 1: 
 
 Avas told too, " how little the influence of an Arctic sum- 
 mer, even, is on fields of ice, perpetually surrounded by a 
 freezing- atmosphere created by themselves ;" and this 
 Captain Parry has furnished us with facts quitesufficient 
 to confirm ; particularly the one observed by him on the 
 open and exposed beach of Point Nias. There, he says, 
 " the last year s or sea ice, is at liberty to fix itself in the 
 Tiutwmn, forcing up the masses seen aground in all such 
 situations, and increasing in the ensuing zvintery to the 
 thickness which we found it to be." Now here is the 
 acknowledgement of one year's ice being increased by the 
 nej't ensuing. Then why not an annual increase, till 
 doomsday ? — / do not presume to say that such can be 
 the result. But, on such authority, who will be bold 
 enough toquestionthelegitimacy of the inference, as far at 
 least as it is applicable to ice aground on northern shores 
 of Arctic lands ? It is true, that Phoca, before his mind 
 was enlightened by the knowledge of recent facts, took 
 it into his head that there must be some probable cause, 
 counteractive of the Quarterly ^e\iewer's perpetual frost ; 
 and explained his ideas on that subject in one of his 
 letters. He came to the conclusion that " it was more 
 than probable, that the process of freezing and melting 
 might be going on in the Arctic regions, on the sfime 
 body of floating ice (if of magnitude to be sufficiently 
 immersed) at the same time, and perhaps in winter as 
 well as in summer ;" for, from a few recorded facts, he 
 deduced the probability of the pj^ogressive general decrease 
 of the temperature of the sea from the surface downwards 
 in the torrid and temperate zones ; and its progressive 
 increase downwards in the frigid zones ; both however 
 being dependent on the atmospheric temperature at the 
 time. He was further confirmed in this opinion by the 
 results of two simple experiments, made in a deep 
 
103 
 
 wooden vessel with a tin bottom. This being filled 
 with common pump water, a red hot plate of iron was 
 held close to its surface, to try the first case ; and a 
 large piece of ice was used for trial of the second case. 
 He reserved to himself exceptions to these two s;sneral 
 results, in the event of experiments being made on the 
 sea's temperature, in soundings ^ and confined waters, near 
 land : because each general result was found to be ma- 
 terially affected by putting ice to the outside of the 
 boitom of the vessel, whilst heat was applied to the sur- 
 face, in the first case ; and by putting heat at the bottom, 
 whilst ice was applied tothesurface, in the other case: and 
 therefore thought it probable that the high temperature 
 of the lands in the torrid, and perhaps the ternperate 
 zones, might in some degree be communicated to the 
 bottom, in soundings, more especially in shoal and 
 confined waters, and thereby cause exceptions to the 
 general rule, similar to those in the first case ; and in 
 theArctic (and Antarctic) regions, under like circum- 
 stances of locality, those similar to the second case. 
 
 At page 448, in No. 36, Quarterly Review for June 
 1818, an extract from Davis's " World's Hydrographi- 
 cal Description" is given, in confirmation perhaps of an 
 opinion expressed by the Reviewer, five or six months 
 before, as to " tlie litile efiect of even an Arctic summer, 
 on fields of ice perpetually surrounded by a freezing 
 atmosphere created by themselver ;" to establish also 
 his doctrine of " the perpetuitj/ of the southern current" 
 through ** Baffin's Sea ;" and to prove that *' those who 
 have formed their notions of this current from the re- 
 veries of Saint Pierre, on the melting of the polar ice, 
 have adopted very erroneous ideas on the subject :" 
 for he attempts to show, on the authority of Mr. 
 Scoresby's Meteorological Journal for 1812, to which 
 
 
 :llf. 
 
104 
 
 lie refers Malte-Brun, (who liad dared " to convert an 
 ice mountain into a marine current, bj' the effect of the 
 solar rays,) that as much ice as the solar rays decom- 
 posed on one side of such a moimtain, would be re-com- 
 posed, probably, on the other." This is at least one 
 step towards self-refutation, as it admits the probably 
 equal and' simultaneous operation of the two opposite 
 powers of heat and cold above water, on tloating ice, 
 which would consequently keep the quantity then 
 equal at all times. *■ 
 
 But the Reviewer noxv wishes, it seems, to go further ; 
 and having since had a glimpse of some " new light," 
 from " Mr. Scoresby's communication to Sir Joseph 
 Banks," and the " observations made in the Greenland 
 seas on the temperature of the water at the surface, 
 when that of the atmosphere, he takes it for granted, 
 (but why^ he does not say) was at or below the freezing 
 point," which are inserted at page 453 and 4, he thinks 
 it as well to look a little deeper. And also nozvy for 
 the first time, perhaps, looking to the fair inference 
 ih^i has been already, or might be, drawn from his doc- 
 trine of progressive everlasting congelation in the Arctic 
 regions, he calls old Davis from the " vasty deep" to 
 help him out with some fact to show that there is 
 some other counteracting power in operation, under 
 water also, to prevent that accumulation of ice, which 
 ** otherwise, in process of time, would freeze up the 
 globe." Fortunately, and most opportunely, he was 
 furnished with this by old Davis, who tells him that 
 he had seen ** an Ylande of Yse turne up and downe be- 
 cause it hath melted so faste under water." On this 
 grand and seemingly unejcpected discovery, the saga- 
 cious critic, in the name of his brethren, exclaims in 
 rapture, " We have no doubt that Davis is right, and 
 
105 
 
 J,. 
 
 ight," 
 
 saga- 
 
 (hat the action of the salt sea on ice, and not its decom- 
 position by the solar rays, prevents an accumulation 
 which would otherwise, in process of time, freeze up 
 the globe ! ! " It would seem, however, entirely to have 
 escaped the notice of this sage critic that Davis did 
 not account for this melting of " the yse so faste under 
 water," because the sea was salty but owing " to his 
 heate oi power to dissolve yse." The Reviewer might as 
 well have told us what he meant by " the action of the 
 salt sea on ice." It may have been the increased tem- 
 perature of the sea, shown by the experiments of Dr. 
 Irving and Mr. Scoresby; but if so, why apply the 
 needless term salt to the sea? He was not quite sure^ 
 then, perhaps, of the fact of an increasing temperature of 
 the sea downwards ; as he deems ** the few experiments 
 in Phipps's Voyage wholly unsatisfactory," yet they 
 must have made some impression on his belief. How- 
 ever, he very prudently declines hazarding " an opinion 
 as to the cause of this warm stream," but leaves it to his 
 readers "to ascribe it" to the " submarine geysers " of 
 Pennant, or to " the heated current from the Pacific, 
 which probably loses nothing of its temperature in its 
 passage among the active Volcanoes of, the Aleutian 
 Islands," and thence through Behring's Strait, and the 
 Frozen Ocean, into the bargain ! ! Bless us ! what an 
 advantage it is to be a man of learning and a great 
 traveller! what daring flights it enables the mind to 
 take on the wings of a lively imagination I The Edin- 
 burgh Reviewer, in No. 59, observes on this subject, 
 " that, contrary to what takes place under milder skies, 
 the water drawn up from a considerable depth is warmer 
 within the Arctic circle than what lies on the surface. 
 The Jloating ice accordingly begins to melt generally on 
 
 the underside, from the slow communication of the heat 
 Data. O 
 
 % 
 
 I .'la 
 
106 
 
 [ 
 
 sent upwards." The Quarterly Reviewer says, "but 
 we are rather inclined to consider it as the lighter water 
 rising from an extreme depth to the surface." Mr. 
 Scoresby, in his account of the Arctic regions, published 
 in 1820, says, at page 184, "As far as experiments 
 have hitherto been made, the temperature of the sea 
 has generally been found to diminish on descending. 
 But in the Greenland sea, near Spitzbergen, the contrary 
 is the fact. The results of the experiments he made 
 for determining this interesting point were highly satis* 
 factory ; the water being invariably warmer than that at 
 the surface." A series of these experiments are ex- 
 hibited in a table at p. 187. " They were all made in 
 deep water, clear of land, and out of soundings^ the tem- 
 perature of the air at the times being generally below, 
 and seldom above 32 degrees of Fahrenheit." So much 
 for the fact, which (being an unlearned man) is all / 
 dare meddle with ; but as others may wish to see whe- 
 ther Mr. Scoresby 's attempts to account for the cause 
 are more clear and satisfactory than those of the two 
 rival Reviewers, I shall insert what he says at page 
 209, &c. " From the fact of the sea near Spitzbergen 
 being usually six or seven degrees warmer ^ at the depth 
 of 100 to 200 fathoms, than it is at the surface, it seems 
 not improbable that the water below is a still farther ex- 
 tension of the Gulf streamy which, on meeting with 
 water near the ice, lighter than itself, sinks below the 
 surface, and becomes a counter under current." And 
 again, " From the circumstance of an under stratum of 
 water, in the Spitzbergen sea, being generally warmer, 
 by some degrees, than that at the surface, though of 
 similar specific gravity, it would appear that the warmer 
 water is, in this case, the most dense^ or why does it not 
 rise and change places with the colder water at the 
 
107 
 
 surface ?" I am sure / cannot saj' why ; and, my good 
 reader, if you are not able to do so, perhaps one or other 
 of the critics will assist you ; though I apprehend the 
 Quarterly Reviewer will be somewhat puzzled by the 
 question For his warm water, brought all the way 
 from the Pacific Oc an, happens to be lighter than that 
 at the surface in the Arctic regions, and at an extreme 
 depth too (as he of course can give a good reason for) ; 
 but Mr. Scoresby's warm stream from the West Indies 
 is heavier than that at the surface (or " of similar spe- 
 cific gravity," for it is hard to say which he means), 
 and therefore sinks underneath it, instead of rising like 
 the Quarterly Reviewer's circumvolving current, "from 
 an cjctreme depth to the surface." In the Edinburgh 
 PhilosophicalJournal, No. 4, for April 1820, is inserted 
 an abstract of Mr. Scoresby's results ; also some ob- 
 tained by Lieutenant Beechey, on board the Trent, in 
 the Spitzbergen seas ; and others by Mr. Fisher on 
 board the Dorothea. 
 
 From these and other experiments made by Dr. 
 Marcet, the Editor of that Journal observes, " In 
 Baffin's Bay, the Mediterranean sea, and the tropical 
 seas, the temperature of the sea diminishes with the depth, 
 according to the observations of Phipps, Ross, Parry, 
 Sabine, Saussure, Ellis, and Peron ; but it is a remark- 
 able fact, that in the Arctic or Greenland seas, the 
 temperature of the sea increases with the depth. This 
 singular result was first obtained by Mr. Scoresby, in 
 a series of well-conducted experiments, and has been 
 confirmed by the later observations of Lieutenants 
 Franklin, Beechey, and Mr. Fisher." I however appre- 
 hend, that the correctness of the Editor's observations 
 will sometimes, perhaps, be impeached, by results a 
 little at variance with both these general rules, owing 
 
 ;^,' t 
 
108 
 
 to the circumstances of locality as to land, depth of 
 water, and the temperature of the atmosphere, com- 
 pared with that of the surface, at the time of making 
 experiments on submarine temperature. Some few 
 instances in proof of such exceptions to the first general 
 rule, appear by the experiments made by Captain Hall 
 and Mr. Clarke Abel, near the coast of China, and 
 were noticed by-Phoca in his second letter ; and other 
 exceptions to the second rule are to be found among 
 the experiments made by recent voyagers in the Arctic 
 regions. One is particularly noticed by Mr. Scoresby, 
 in his " Journal of a Voyage to the Northern Whale 
 Fishery," published last year, 1823. He says, at page 
 237, "At 10 A.M. being in latitude 72" 7' and longitude 
 19° 11' west, we ohtmned soundings in 118 fathoms; 
 muddy bottom. ^ The temperature of the sea at the 
 surface was 34", and within five fathoms of the bottom, 
 by a Six's thermometer, it was 29°: the air at the same 
 time wan 42°. In all former experiments upon the tem- 
 perature of the Gieenland sea, I have invariably found 
 it to be warmer below than at the surface. This exception 
 therefore is remarkable :" and Mr. Scoresby might have 
 added singular ioo'^ for it is perhaps the only experi- 
 ment he ever made in soundings, which is quite suffi- 
 cient to account for the exception. Mr. Scoresby adds : 
 " On ray first trial, made in 1810, in latitude 76° 16', 
 and longitude 9° east, the temperature at the depth of 
 1380 feet was found to be 33° 3' (by the water brought 
 up), whilst at the surface it was 28° 8'. In one instance 
 (the latitude being 79° and long. 5° 40' E.) there was 
 an increase of 7° of temperature on descending 600 
 feet; and in another series of experiments, near the 
 same place, an increase of 8° was found at the depth of 
 4380 feet. What renders this increase of temperature 
 
109 
 
 ^P 
 
 on tlescending in the, Spitzbergen sea the more extraor- 
 dinary, is the fact, that in almost all other regions of the 
 globe, as far as observations have been made, a contrary 
 law prevails, the sea being colder below than at the 
 surface." But few or no experiments have been made 
 yet in the Antarctic sea ; and whenever they shall be, I 
 have very little doubt but it will be found to be the same 
 as it is in the Spitzbergen sea, progressively warmer in 
 proportion to the depth, cvcept in straits^ deep bays^ or 
 inletSf and perhaps in soundings near land ; and that 
 the cause, whatever it may be (as Mr. Scoresby says), 
 which occasions the peculiar warmth in the Spitzbergen 
 sea, will produce the same effect in the Antarctic sea, 
 though there we cannot have recourse, either to the 
 circum vol ving current, from the Pacific, of the Quarterly 
 Reviewer, or the Gulf stream of Mr. Scoresby, to assist 
 us to account for it. It was on the firm expectation 
 that this warm temperature of the Arctic seas would 
 be found (though it appears Mr. Scoresby had dis- 
 covered it to possess this, some time before), that Phoca 
 presumed it might be continually dissolving ice under 
 water ; yet still, on the whole, there might, by the process 
 of freezing above, be an increase of ice in the frozen sea, 
 but that the surplus was brought out by the Polar current 
 round the N.E. part of Greenland; and that consequent- 
 ly, " the general quantity of water in that sea remained 
 itearly the same at all times ; that is, taking the ice and 
 water together, as an aggregate quantity." Though 
 Capt. Parry has, as we have seen, acknowledged • an 
 increase of ice on the northern shores of Melville Island, 
 he seems to be of opinion that the quantity oi floating 
 ice is generally the same nearly, from what he observed 
 in Winter Harbour. 
 
 When there,' on the 6th of July 1820, he says, at 
 
 im 
 
 r1 
 
 ii. 
 
110 
 
 page 217, " In all cases we found the ice to be first 
 thawed and broken up in the shoalest water, in con- 
 sequence, I suppose, of the greater facility with which 
 the ground, at a small depth below the surface of the 
 sea, absorbed and radiated the sun's rays ; and as it is 
 in such situations that water generally freezes first, this 
 circumstance seems a remarkable instance of the pro- 
 vision of nature for maintaining such a balance in the 
 quantity of ice annually formed and dissolvedi as shall 
 prevent any undue or extraordinary accumulation of it 
 in any part of the Polar regions of the earth. Among 
 the means also which nature employs in these regions 
 to dissolvCt during the short summer^ the ice which has 
 l)een formed upon the sea by the cold of winter^ there 
 appears to be none more efficacious than the numerous 
 streams of water produced by the melting of the snow 
 upon the land, which, for a period of at least «> or seven 
 weeks, even in the climate of Melville Island, are con- 
 tinually discharging themselves into the ocean. On 
 this account it would appear pix)bable that the high 
 land is more favorable to the dissolution and disper- 
 sion of ice near its shores, than that which is lower, 
 because it supplies a never-ceasing flow during the 
 whole of the thawing season." Considering the quan- 
 tity of land, already known to exist between the west 
 side of Greenland and the coast of America, and gene- 
 rally described high, this abundatit dissolution there- 
 from must, during that period, increase the quantity of 
 fluid, and consequently occasion some current towards 
 the south. I merely mention this now, as I shall per- 
 haps in the course of this inquiry be, able to bring 
 forward the testimony of Captain Parry to prove the 
 fact ; but not that the ** short summer" dissolves all 
 " the ice formed on the sea in winter." 
 
Ill 
 
 We have already seen that the grounds originally 
 taken by the Quarterly Reviewer in favor of the exist- 
 ence and practicability of a N.W. passage (of both 
 which he did not then, still less does he now, entertain 
 any doubt) are the following, which I shall again call 
 to the reader's attention. 
 
 1st. The existence of a perpetual current setting down 
 from the northward, from the Polar Basin, through 
 Baffin's Sea, and Davis's Strait, into the Atlantic, with 
 a velocity of four, and sometimes of five miles an hour. 
 
 *2d. The non-existence of Baffin's Bay, as drawn in 
 the charts. 
 
 3d. A ci scum vol ving current, setting as perpetually 
 " from the Pacific through Behring's Strait" into the 
 Polar Basin, and out of it into the Atlantic; and 
 ** whose existence in his opinion affords the best hope 
 for the success of the expeditions engaged in exploring 
 a passage into the Pacific" — by way of the Pole, as 
 well as along the north coast of America. 
 
 4th. A great Polar sea, /ree/row* ice, near the Pole, if 
 free from land* 
 
 Mr. Barrow, one of the secretaries at the Admiralty, 
 appears, from what he says in his account of the voyages 
 to the Polar regions, published in 1818, to have taken 
 up the question precisely on the same grounds as the 
 Reviewer. 
 
 Mr. Scoresby, in his account of the Arctic regions, 
 published in 1820, enumerates some of these, and also 
 considers them as probable grounds for supposing that 
 such a passage viay exist, Ellis's reasons, he says, ap- 
 pear to him to be " the most satisfactory." One of 
 these, rather a curious one to be so ** satisfactory," is 
 " the direct testimony of the Indians, which tends to 
 prove that they have seen the sea beyond the mountains, 
 

 112 
 
 and observed vessels navigating thereon ! /" Where, in tlie 
 name of Heaven, could these vessels have come from ? 
 or how could any have been there^ unless they were the 
 canoes of Esquimaux ? which it may be presumed Ellis 
 did not understand these Indians to mean by what he 
 termed vessels. 
 
 Mr. Scoresby, on the whole, however, is rather scep- 
 tical on the practicability of such passage, " and even if 
 it were discovered, he conceives it would be at intervals 
 only of years that it would in all probability be open 
 at all." Like a man of much experience and judgment, 
 he says, " the most certain (and I dare say he might 
 have added the only) method of ascertaining the exist- 
 ence of a communication between the Atlantic and 
 the Pacific, along the northern shore of America, would 
 doubtless be by journeys on land." ^his hint has 
 been taken, and as far as it goes, successfully acted on. 
 If followed up as it is now reported it will be, this 
 " grand question," I have not- the slightest doubt, will 
 be solved: but by any ship or ships, without the aid of 
 expeditions by land — it will remain as it now is, a 
 matter of doubt. 
 
 Let us now examine the four grounds of argument in 
 favor of the practicability of a N.W. passage for ships. 
 
 Phoca attempted, in the first instance, before the ex- 
 peditions sailed, to disprove them all, (and I think with 
 some success) except the 4th, which he thought proba- 
 ble, but desired further proof, which is still wanting. 
 
 Mr. Scoresby disputed none but the 4th, and his 
 reasons for not believing that there is an open sea clear 
 of ice about the Pole, I shall examine in the proper 
 place. But let us first try the validity of all these four 
 grounds or arguments, by the test of the experience of 
 
113 
 
 IS, a 
 
 those navigators, who have recently visited the north 
 Polar regions. ■ . 
 
 Ist. " The existence of a perpetual current, setting 
 down from the northward, from the Polar Basin, through 
 Baffin's Sea, and Davis's Strait, into the Atlantic, with 
 a velocity of four, and sometimes five miles an hour." 
 
 Although the already noticed candid declaration of 
 the Reviewer, that * he noxo knows there is such a bay as 
 thatof Baffin,' &c. and he said, befpre he believed it, that 
 {/"there were such a bay, * it would be difficult to explain 
 how any current could originate at the bottom of it,' 
 would seem to render it superfluous to prove that there 
 is no such current, yet though I shall produce the testi- 
 mony to that effect, of one whom he has had no reason 
 to doubt, I must state the currents as I find them 
 mentioned in Captain Ross's Voyage, from the day he 
 passed the parallel of Cape Farewell, during his passage 
 up to the head of Baffin's Bay, and down it again till 
 he got off the entrance of Cumberland Strait. 
 
 On 23d of May, in lat. 57° 2' and longitude 
 43** 2', Captain Ross says : * This evening I remarked the 
 appearance of a current, and the next day ascertained 
 by hoisting out our boat, that it set W, N. W. (true) at 
 the rate of a quarter of a mile an hour.' On the 24th 
 * the N. W. current was still manifest.* On the 26th 
 of May, in latitude 58° 36', and long. 51^ W. *The 
 latitude agreed, but we had been set by a current a few 
 miles to the westward' On the 27th, ' a copper cylinder 
 with a detail of our situation was thrown overboard 
 near a very large iceberg, in lat. 61" N. and long. 53° 
 25*, which we passed at 9 p.m. It apparently drifted 
 to the westward, though we could perceive no current.* 
 June 1st, in lat. 63° 41', long. 55° 42', 'no effect of a 
 current was apparent, and having gained three niiles 
 
 Data. . P 
 
 ■;?l 
 
114 
 
 m 
 
 of latitude, it seemed evident there could be no current : 
 which appeared surprising, as the wind had blown for 
 three successive days directly down the strait,' that is, 
 from the northward. On the 5th of June, lat. 65° 46', 
 and long. 55° W. * a boat was anchored to try for a 
 current, but none was perceptible.' July 3d, in lat. 
 71" 33' and long. 56° 2', * by mid-day we had made a 
 degree of latitude through a channel apparently void of 
 ani/ current,' July 1,9th, ' we continued in the midst of 
 the ice, which /as canying us fast to the no7'thward.' 
 August 13th, lat. 75° 54', long. 66" 53', * it is worthy of 
 remark, that here, as on the whole of this coast north- 
 ward of 70°, we found the deepest water near the land, 
 and that no current was found.' 
 
 August 23d, * the sun's meridional altitude was ob- 
 served on the iceberg, and the latitude found to be 76° 
 37', the iceberg having drifted three miles to the north- 
 ward: September 1st, lat. 73° 37', long. 77° 25', * to 
 observe the current, the line was dropped over again, 
 and the transit bearings of two objects on the land set ; 
 these however did not vary in the least, nor did we find 
 any current by the line.' * My orders to stand well to 
 the north' had been already fully obeyed, and no current 
 had been found ; and if * a current of some force' did 
 exist, as from ' the best authorities' we had reason to 
 believe was the fact, it could be no where but to the 
 southward of this latitude: 
 
 On the 6th of September, in lat. 72° 23', and long. 
 73° 7', ' no current was found!' September 30, lat. 64° 
 10', and longitude 63° 5', * we found by our reckoning 
 that the current had set us twenty-five miles to the N,E, 
 during the last 24 hours.' Thus, according to Captain 
 Ross, no current from the northward was ever experienced ; 
 but, on the contrary, when any could be detected, it set 
 either /o the West, N,W.y Norths or N*E, 
 
115 
 
 long. 
 
 Let us now see what Captain Parry discovered in 
 his subsequent voyage, as far to the northward as the 
 entrance of Lancaster Sound. # 
 
 On the 26th of June 1819, 'in lat. 63° 59' and 
 longitude 61° 48', in 125 fathoms, the deep sea line in- 
 dicated a drift to the S. by W.' July 11th, * we sounded 
 at noon in 202 fathoms, lat. 69° 24' and longitude 58° 
 16'; not allowing current, which for the three preceding 
 days ha.d appeared to set the ships to the S.S.E. at from 
 8 to 13 miles per day.' July 20th, lat. 72° 57', long. 58° 
 41', in 120 fathoms, the ships drift to S.S, W: July 24th, 
 lat. 72° 59' and longitude 60° 8', * sb ;>s drift to S. 1° 
 E. 4| miles in 24 hours, depth of water 260 fathoms.' 
 
 On the 30th July, noon, latitude 74° l', * being the 
 first meridional altitude taken for four days, and differ- 
 ing only two miles from the dead reckoning ;' which is 
 remarkable, considering the sluggishness of the com- 
 passes ; and would seem to afford a presumptive proof 
 that * no southerly current exists in this part of Baffin's 
 Bay.' Further to the southward, however, in the narrow- 
 est part of Davis's Strait, he appears from the foregoing 
 extracts to have met with a very small set of current 
 from the northward. We will now refer to his observa- 
 tions when returning from Lancaster Sound, homeward , 
 bound. 
 
 On the 3d of September, in latitude 71° 24', 'being 
 only 2 miles and ^ to the southward of the dead reckon- 
 ing in three days, we considered that there could be no 
 current of any importance setting in that direction on this 
 part of the coast.' September 4th, * the latitude observed 
 was 71" 2' 42", agreeing to within a mile of the account ; 
 so that no current could well have existed since the pre- 
 ceding day's observation.' September 9th, in latitude 69° 
 24', long. 67° 5', in 35 fathoms, 5 or 6 miles from the land, 
 
 % 
 
 •»f 
 
m 
 
 
 I 
 
 116 
 
 Captain Parry says, 'found the curi^ent running some- 
 what less than a mile an hour, in 3. S.hE. direction. At 
 4 30' P.M. it was again tried, and found to set to the 
 S.E. at the vate of I of a mile per hour ; and at 7 o'clock, 
 when we hove to near Cape Katerfor the Griper to join 
 us, we found it to be slack water ;' which proves this to 
 have been a tide stream^ and not a current. On the 11 th 
 of September, at noon, in lat. 69'' 19', and long. 6&' 5', 
 in 275 fathoms : * It must here be remarked, that for 
 each of the last three days, and for these only^ we had 
 found the ship between 7 and 8 miles to the southward 
 of the reckoning.' September 25th, at noon, in latitude 
 QQI" 13', ' being 2 miles and | to the southward of the dead 
 reckoning, which difference had occurred on each of the 
 12 preceding days.' From all these facts it is quite 
 clear that no such current as the Quarterly Reviewer 
 imagined, was found — indeed scarcely any worth men- 
 tion; and certainly, what little was detected either in 
 Baffin's Bay, or Davis's Strait, could hardly have origi- 
 nated in his circuravolving current from the Pacific 
 through Behring's Strait and the Polar Sea : nay, there 
 was no such thing as a permanent current/roTW the west- 
 nyard found in any part, even of Lancaster Sound, and 
 Barrow's Strait, if the authority of Captain Parry is suf- 
 ficient to show it. He sums up the matter in these 
 words : " Of the current which we experienced in 
 Davis's Strait, and Baffin's Bay. It would appear that 
 during the Summer and Autumn^ there is in this part a 
 considerable set to the southward. In judging of the 
 causes which produce this general tendency of the *M/>er- 
 Jicial current, it will be proper to bear in mind two facts, 
 which we have had occasion to remark in the course of 
 this and the prCx^eding voyage; first, that in a sea 
 much encumbered with ice, a current is almost invaria- 
 
117 , 
 
 bly produced, immediately on the springing wp of every 
 breeze of wind ; and, secondly, that in several instances 
 where the ships have been beset in the ice, the direction 
 of the daily drift has been the point of the compass di- 
 rectly opposite to that of the mnd, whether the latter was 
 from the northward or the southward. 
 ' " It appears to me, upon th^ whole, that the southerly 
 current which we have been enabled to detect, is not 
 more than may be caused by the balance of the northerly/ 
 winds, added to the annual dissolution of large quantities 
 of snow, which finds the readiest outlet into the Atlan- 
 tic. In the Polar sea, to the westward of Barrow's 
 Strait, no current has been found to exist beyond that 
 which is evidently occasioned by different winds. In every 
 nart which we had an opportunity of visiting, the tides, 
 though smallf appear to be as regular as in any part of 
 the world." Thus the Reviewer's firat ground has been 
 annihilated by proof positive. The second he has 
 himself confessed to be so, by the same proof. With 
 respect to the third, " a circumvolving current setting as 
 perpetually from the Pacific through Behring's Strait 
 into the Polar basin, and out of it into the Atlantic," &c. 
 the foregoing facts show that none of it was found 
 in the whole space between the west coast of ,C' ^nland 
 aud the meridian of 113" 46' 43" 5 in lat. 74'' 46^ 25", 
 which was the farthest point Captain Parry reached ; 
 when the Reviewer says, *' After struggling till the 16th, 
 Captain Parry determined to return to the eastward 
 along the edge of the ice, with the intention of availing 
 himself of any opening that might occur, to get to the 
 southward, and, if possible, upon the coast of America." 
 Not perhaps, for the purpose of *' seeking,'' like Captain 
 Ross, as the Reviewer tells him, " for ^i* circumvolving 
 current ;" but for, what Captain Patry considered a 
 
 J J 
 
118 
 
 I 
 
 i 
 
 nil 
 
 
 III 
 
 much betiei' reason^ which I shall have occasion to 
 mention by-and-by, as he assigned it at the time, and 
 on a subsequent occasion ; especially as the Reviewer 
 has repeated it in terms of approval and acquiescence.- 
 He may also have an eye to the discovery of this favo- 
 rite current of his ; for as it had not been found, either 
 by. Ross or Parry, any where within the limits I have 
 before mentioned, its progress from Behring's Strait (if 
 it exist beyond it) through channels of communication, 
 between the " Polar basin" and the Atlantic must, of 
 course, be sought for hereafter, on parallels between Mel- 
 ville Island and the coast of America : for we cannot 
 be surprised at the Reviewer's anxiety to get hold of a 
 current, "whose" very " existence in his opinion aftbrds 
 the best hope for the success of the expeditions engaged 
 in exploring a passage into the Pacific." That there 
 certainly is a temporary and " trifling*^ superficial cur- 
 rent in Behring's Strait to the northward, Phoca has 
 admitted ; and so do I, though totally inadequate to 
 supply that which is known to set to the southward, 
 continually, out of the Polar sea, through the Spitzber- 
 gen sea, into the Atlantic ; even if it were possible to 
 believe that the waters of the Pacific composed any 
 part of it. Mr. Scoresby appears (as I before observed) 
 to believe in the existence of the Reviewer's circumvolv- 
 ing current, or at least that of " a sea communication" 
 between the Pacific and " the Atlantic." As to the 
 latter, for water and fish, I admit it may be very possi- 
 ble, somewhere in the space between Melville Island 
 and the north coast of America, which yet remains to be 
 explored, Mr. Scoresby is of the same opinion as the 
 Reviewer, chiefly for the same reasons; one of which 
 is, because " it is presumed that worm-eaten drift- 
 wood, found in the Arctic countries, is derived from 
 
 A 
 
119 
 
 a trans-polar region," as he supposes one log was which 
 ** he observed in 1817, on the Island of Jan M? yen." 
 Now, at page 209 of his " Account of the Arctic Re- 
 gions," Mr. Scoresby has informed us, that " From 
 the coast of Britain, the northern branch of the Gulf- 
 stream probably extends superficially along the shore 
 of Norway. About the North Cape, its direction ap- 
 pears to be changed by the influence of a westerly 
 current from Nova Zembla, so that it afterwards sets 
 to the N. W. as high as the borders of the ice, and thus 
 operating against the polar current setting to the south- 
 ward." I should like to know Mr. Scoresby's authority 
 for this movement of the superficial waters towards the 
 fV, and N.W. fro?7i Nova Zembla, However, as he of 
 course believes, or knows it to be so, I would ask him 
 if, by the aid of such a medium, the worm-e^ten drift- 
 wood he saw on Jan Mayen's Island might not have 
 been brought from the West Indies, by this much 
 shorter^ and more probable route than the other? The 
 polar current, Mr. Scoresby (page 4,) informs us, " flows, 
 he is well assured, during nine months of the year, if 
 not all the year round, from the N.E., towards the S. W. 
 The velocity of this current may be from 4 to 20 miles 
 a day, varying in different situations, but is most con- 
 siderable near the coast of Old Greenland." Here, then, 
 is the perfectly well authenticated fact of a perpetual 
 current out of the Polar sea. It is acknowledged by 
 the Reviewer in various parts of his writings, and par- . 
 ticularly pointed out by Mr. Barrow, at page 377 of his 
 Voyages to the ** Polar Regions." — Now, this perpetual 
 current to the southward, out of the Polar Sea, must 
 have a cause. That cause, whether it be what Phoca 
 attempted to prove it to be, or any other, would, doubt- 
 less, produce a similar current from the Polar sea to- 
 
^^ 
 
 120 
 
 ^aitd» the Atlantic, through an;^ channels of communis 
 cation which maif exist from the west side of Greenland 
 to the coast of America, in quantity and velocity propor- 
 tionate to the dimensions of such channels. — Phoca^ 
 disbelieving the existence of any such current in the 
 space called " Baffin's Sea," by the Reviewer, rationally 
 concluded that therefore there must be either land or 
 shoals north of that space. 
 
 ', The subsequent proof of Baffin's veracity, and con- 
 sequently there being in fact no such current, either 
 there, or in. the space westward, as far as Melville 
 Island, proves, that there can be no channels of communi- 
 cation in that space between the Polar Sea and the 
 Atlantic, even for water in any considerable quantity ; 
 much less Worships, The Reviewer, however, is of a very 
 different opinion. He thinks there may be a passage to 
 the northward into the Polar sea through Wellington 
 Channel ; because, when the ships passed its southern 
 entrance, it was " free from every particle of ice, as far 
 as the eye could reach, on a remarkably clear day;" 
 and therefore, if the ships had proceeded up that chanp 
 nel, wherever it led to, the sea beyond would also have 
 been as clear and open. I admit it to be very possible, 
 that the northern opening of such channel may be 
 found clear of ice, as well as the southern ; provided other 
 lands lie to the northward of it. For one of my argu- 
 ments is, that the northern shores of all Arctic lands, as 
 well as the northern entrances of all channels formed 
 between them, if no land exist north of them, are, and 
 of necessity must be, continually more or less encum- 
 bered with heavy polar ices ; extending from those 
 lands towards the north polar axis of the globe. And 
 that too, whether around it as a centre, there may be 
 some expanse of open sea, as the Reviewer, and many 
 
■ vi».<«l1 
 
 121 
 
 others suppose, without ice^ or whether there be, as Mr. 
 Scoresby concludes, (page 311,) " A continent of ice- 
 mountains, existing in regions near the Pole, yet unex- 
 plored, the nucleus of which may be as ancient as the 
 earth itself, and its increase derived from the sea and 
 atmosphere combined" — for it is quite immaterial to my 
 argument which theory may be correct. The only facts 
 I require are, first, the existence of heavy polar ices ; 
 xnd, secondly, the certain general movement of these 
 ices, from the north towards the south, in all the regions 
 surrounding the Pole, as long as they are at liberty to 
 do so, by the combined influence of the polar current, 
 and winds prevailing from the same quarter. These 
 facts, it is quite notorious, all parties are agreed in ; 
 and have been acknowledged, over and over again, by 
 the Reviewer, Mr. Scoresby, Mr. Barrow in his 
 Voyages into the Polar Regions, Mr. Fisher, and Capt. 
 Parry, in their respective publications. The Quarterly 
 Reviewer, in his notice of Capt. Parry's Voyage, 
 seemed to be more than ever confirmed in his opinion of 
 an open Polar Sea by that of Dr. Brewster, who, '* after 
 comparing the results of the expedition under Capt, 
 Parry with those he had drawn from a previous theory," 
 is of opinion " that the hopes which have been so rea- 
 sonably entertained of reaching the Pole itself, are 
 thereby encouraged ;" concluding that " the mean tem- 
 perature of the Pole of the globe will be 1 1°, incom- 
 parably warmer than the regions in which Capt. Parry 
 spent the winter." The Doctor adds, " if the Pole is (be) 
 placed in an open sea, the difficulty of reaching it 
 entirely ceases. ^^ '' 
 
 Thus supported in his opinion of a clear, open, and 
 navigable Polar Sea, by that of " all the Greenland- 
 men," {except Mr. Scoresby), and the theory of the 
 
 Data. Q . 
 
122 
 
 learned Doctor into the bargain, and baving assured us, 
 that he considered ** the knowledge acquired on th^ 
 late expedition to have afforded a sanguine hope for 
 the complete solution of the interesting question of a 
 north-west passage," I must confess I expected he 
 had perhaps recommended the higher powers to make 
 another attempt by way of the Pole : especially as alt the 
 original motives for sending Captain Buchan that way, 
 must have been evidently strengthened in his mind, by 
 the recently acquired knowledge. Nothing in fact 
 having happened that could possibly tend to weaken 
 them, except Capt. Buchan's failure, owing " to one of 
 those accidents to which all sea voyages are liable;" 
 unless indeed Mr. Scoresby's book may have acted as 
 a sort of damper to the " sanguine hope" in that 
 quarter, if ever the Reviewer has condescended to read 
 such passages as these. 
 
 At page 49 of Scoresby's account of the Arctic 
 Regions, he says, " Were the mean temperature of the 
 Pole, indeed, above the freezing point of sea water, 
 and the mean heat of latitude 78** as high as 33° or 34**, 
 then the circumpolar seas would have a chance of be^ 
 iLg free from ice: but while the temperature of the 
 former can be shown to be about 18°, and the latter 
 1 1" below the freezing temperature of the sea, we can 
 have no reasonable ground, I conceive, for doubting 
 the CO itinual presence of ice in all the regions imme- 
 diately surrounding the Pole." And at page 54 : "If 
 the masses of ice which usually prevent the advance of 
 navigators beyond the 82nd degree of north latitude be 
 extended in a continued series to the Pole (of which, 
 unless there be land in the way, I have no doubt), the 
 expectation of reaching the Pole by sea must be alto- 
 gether chimerical" Now, if we take Mr. Scoresby to be 
 
 \ 
 
123 
 
 right in his conjecture that ** there is a continent of ice- 
 mountains in the regions near the Pole, unless there be 
 land in the way," what must there be between it and 
 the place where Capt. Parry wintered at, which, accord- 
 ing to Dr. Brewster's theory, is W or 12" colder than 
 the Pole, or, as the Reviewer says we may conclude, 
 " one of the coldest spots on the face of the globe ?" Ac- 
 cording to Mr. Scoresby, in this case there must be a 
 frozen Ocean, north of lands surrounding that Ocean, 
 if there be 720 other land between them and the pole ; 
 which is very far beyond what Phoca has ventured to 
 suppose the Jce extended. On the other hand, our 
 oracle the Reviewer says, " If we suppose that clusters 
 of Islands continue to be scattered over it (the Polar 
 Sea) on all sides, to the very Pole, or its vicinity, we 
 shall in that case probably not be far from the fact, in 
 concluding the whole of this extensive sea to be shal- 
 low, choked up with ice, and unnavigable." According 
 to this authority, then, this Polar Sea is to be choked 
 up with ice, if there be land. So that, take either view, 
 or combine both, we can come at nothing but ice, ice, 
 ice, all along the northern shores of Arctic lands, and 
 a frozen ocean to some indefinite extent to the north- 
 ward o( the northernmost oHhose lands. Being obliged, 
 at this rate, to give up the idea of any further attempts 
 being intended by way of the Pole, as perhaps the 
 Reviewer himself had done long before, I next con- 
 sidered what other particular knowledge had been ac- 
 quired on the late expedition, to afford this " sanguine 
 hope," and whereabouts the Reviewer could reasonably 
 expect it to be realized. I could hardly suppose he 
 would recommend another trial to be made to the 
 northward in Baffin's Bay ; " because it is now known 
 that there is such a bay." Nor by the route last pursued 
 
 ff 
 
 4 
 
124 
 
 by Capt. Parry, although, so/ar, successfiilly ; because 
 " he did not think that the strenuous, but unsuccessful 
 endeavors of the late expedition, in two different sea- 
 sons, to penetrate to the westward of Melville Island, 
 afforded any hope that the passage will ever be effected 
 in i/tat particular parallel of latitude : nor by the Wel- 
 lington Channel " in the first instance," though he says 
 " it viaj/ be desirable to look at the state of the Polar 
 sea beyond it, hereafter." But, above all others, it 
 never could be supposed that he would recommend the 
 attempt to be made by way of Hudson's Strait and 
 Bay, who had reprobated the very idea from the first. 
 Nay, he had recorded his decided opinion that " all 
 former attempts had failed, because not one of them was 
 ever made near that part of the coast of America, round 
 which, it is most likely the passage would lead into the 
 northern or frozen ocean," a frozen ocean (by the by), 
 which he then believed to be without ice. And because 
 "hitherto most of our adventurers have worked their way 
 through Hudson's Strait, which is generally choked up 
 with, ice ; then, standing to the northward, have had to 
 contend with ice drifting to the southward^ with contrary 
 winds and currents ;" and " the most northerly straits 
 and islands, which form the passages into Hudson's 
 Bay, are of course never free from mountains and 
 patches of ice ; and yet all navigators proceeding on 
 discovery have either entered these Straits and had 
 to struggle against the ice and currents, and tides on 
 the coast of America, or, &c." 
 
 If we may judge from the late second fruitless at- 
 tempt of Capt. Parry, to discover a passage that way, 
 the Reviewers early judgment, in this particular in- 
 stance, has unfortunately been but too correct. 
 
 For although Captain Parry did not, as far as the 
 
125 
 
 newspapers tell us, meet with any greater difficulties 
 than the annual ships of the North- West Company gene- 
 rally do, in Hudson's Strait ; yet, after entering Hud- 
 son's Bay, he, like most of our adventurers, had to con- 
 tend, not merely '* with ice drifting to the southward," 
 but was obstructed in his advance towards the N.W. 
 by the Repulse Bay of Middleton, whose testimony to 
 its existence, it appears, was doubted by himself as well 
 as the reviewer, who says, Middleton " looked into what 
 he was pleased to call Repulse Bay :" a name, however, 
 which has now become doubly appropriate, as well as 
 the Bay of Baffin. It may be allowed us to presume, 
 that the Quarterly Reviewer, who recorded his decided 
 judgment against making any future attempt, where 
 all former ones had failed, could not have been consulted 
 before it was resolved to send Captain Parry by that 
 very route. For as nothing had been done, or become 
 known, between the years 1817 and 1821, to alter the 
 grounds of his judgment in that particular, he could 
 not, it may be supposed, have been so inconsistent as to 
 have approved in the latter year, what he so decidedly 
 condemned in the former. He may, however, have been 
 persuaded to concur in the opinion of others, contrary 
 to what appears to have been his own better judgment 
 in this particular instance. Indeed the writer of the 
 critique on Captain Parry's first Voyage, in the 49th 
 No. of the Quarterly Review, says, (whilst the last ex- 
 pedition was pending,) Captain Parry " has recorded 
 his opinion in favour of its accomplishment, and his sug- 
 gestion has no doubt been adopted on the present voy- 
 age:" and " it can scarcely h Joubted then, that the 
 attempt is now about to be made, as recommended by 
 Captain Parryy in a more southern latitude, and close 
 along the north coast of America, where they may rea- 
 
 1^ 
 
 ^1 
 
12f] 
 
 1^ 
 
 soD'dbly hope to meet witli a better summer climate, and 
 a longer season for their operations, by at least six 
 weeks." 
 
 Here then we find that the * sanguine hope* was 
 fully expected to be realized on the north coast oj America, 
 if Captain Parry had been fortunate enough to reach it 
 by way of Hudson's Bay, and any of its northern straits. 
 But he found those he examined blocked up with ice, 
 which the Reviewer told us long ago they were * never 
 free from.' I have not heard whether any of the Re- 
 viewer's * mountains of ice* w^re met with there. How- 
 ever, we shall hear when Captain Parry's account of his 
 last voyage comes out, which I am very anxious to see, 
 in the hope of getting some more light thrown on the 
 subject ; though I must confess thpt hope is not very san- 
 guine as far as regards what may, or may not, be here- 
 after effected along the north coast of America. In the 
 mean time, whilst the next expedition is pending, which 
 I am told is to proceed by way of Lancaster Sound and 
 down Prince Regent's Inlet, towardstbat coast, let us try 
 the strength and solidity of the reasons given by the 
 Reviewer, in* his critique on Captain Parry's voyage, as 
 well as those published by Captain Parry himself. The 
 Reviewer in many passages has nearly quoted that offi- 
 cer's words, and as some of his opinions are the same, 
 (though others very difFeromt,) they may be considered 
 as jointly belonging to bcth : the one by original sug- 
 gestion, and the other by adoption. I shall quote from 
 both, and occasionally compare them together, drawing 
 such conclusions from the data they furnish, as shall 
 appear to me to be fair and legitimate ; and wherever 
 these are at all at variance with, or tend to undermine, 
 their own arguments, such discordance shall be pointed 
 out. . »« 
 
127 
 
 I, and 
 
 8t six 
 
 was 
 erica f 
 ach it 
 traits, 
 h ice, 
 never 
 le Re- 
 How- 
 ; of his 
 to see, 
 )n tUe 
 rif san- 
 i here- 
 in the 
 which 
 ad and 
 t us try 
 by the 
 age, as 
 If. The 
 lat offi- 
 i same, 
 Bidered 
 lal sug- 
 te from 
 I rawing 
 SIS shall 
 herever 
 ermine, 
 pointed 
 
 f In the first place, Captain Parry says, at page 142, 
 " I began to consider whether it would not be advisable, 
 whenever the ice would allow us to move, to sacrifice a 
 few miles of the westing we had already made, and run 
 along the margin of the floes, in order to endeavour to 
 find an opening leading to the southward ; by taking ad- 
 vantage of which we might be enabled to prosecute the 
 voyage to the westward in a lower latitude. I was the 
 moreincHnedtomake this attempt fromitshavinglongbe- 
 come evident to us, that the navigation of this part of the 
 Polar Sea is only to be performed by watching the occa- 
 sional openings between the ice and the shore : and that 
 therefore a continuity of land \s essential, if not absolutely 
 necessary for the purpose. Smh a continuity of land, 
 which was here about to fail us, must necessarily be fur- 
 nished by the northern coast of America, in whatever 
 latitude it may be found." Again, at page 297, Captain 
 Parry says, " Our experience, I think, has clearly shown 
 that the navigation of the Polar Seas can never be per- 
 formed with any degree of certainty without a continuity 
 of land. It was only by watching ♦he occasional openings 
 between the ice and the shore that our late progress to 
 the westward was eflected, and had the land continued 
 in the desired directiony there can be no question that we 
 should have continued to advance, however slowly, 
 towards the completion of our enterprise." " In this 
 respect therefore, as well as in the improvement to be ex- 
 pected in the climate, there would be a manifest advantage 
 in making the attempt on the coast of America, where we 
 are sure that land will not Jail us." In both these ex- 
 tracts it is declared that a continuity of land is essential, 
 if not absolutely necessary. A continuity, where? and 
 how situated, as to the westward course to be steered by 
 ships ? Why a continuity, such as the North Georgiam 
 
 '[U 
 
 i 
 
 1 . 
 
128 
 
 Islands, lying contiguous to each other, nearly east 
 and west, on a parallel, norths or on the starboard hand 
 of that course. But vhy should it lie in that direction; 
 jand be situated north of thai course ? Because such a 
 continuity did in ft t enable the ships to proceed as far 
 only to the westward as it extended, but no farther. How 
 did it enable them to do so ? By protecting them from 
 polar ices, such as were met with at the west end of Mel- 
 ville Island ; where., Captair. Parry says, " hadi\\e land 
 continued in the desired direction, there can be no question 
 that we should have continued to advance towards the 
 completion of our enterprise." TLa Quarterly Reviewer 
 says, "the heavy ice found there was owing probably 
 .to the discontinuance of land, or to the prevailing northerly 
 mnds having driven down the main body of ice and 
 wedged it in among the Islands." This was a discnntinu' 
 €nce of latid on the north of the ship's course; and the 
 acknowledgment of the ice •' having been driven 
 down" implies the belief that there must be a fertile 
 supply from that quarter, and what Captain Parry terms 
 a power in constant operation of " enormous pressure" 
 to have thus " wedged it in among the Islands." 
 Mr. Fisher, whom I have quoted before, seems to have 
 had a much clearer conception of this matter, at the time 
 and place, than any of his shipmates. His words are 
 decidedly to the point, at page &9 : " I think it is pvo- 
 bable, as long as we find land to the northward, to stop 
 the polar ice from drifting down upon us, that we shall 
 find a passage to the westward along the land. I do 
 not mean, however, to say that a passage will, without 
 any interruption, be constantly found to exist between 
 the land and the ice: on the contrary, I am aware that 
 a southerly wind may give us occasional checks, by 
 farcing the ice in with the coast; but immediately the 
 
V29 
 
 wind changes to the opposite direction, it will neces* 
 sarily have the contrary effect. This is not indeed a 
 matter of speculation, nor do I intend it to be consi» 
 dered as such ; for both this and the last year's experi- 
 ence have afforded us so many instances of the truth 
 of what I have said, that jL have no hesitation in giving 
 it as my opinion, that the viciniiy of land to the north- 
 ward will always be in our favor. My object in being 
 so particular on this point is, because there are some 
 amongst us of quite a different opinion *" Mr. Fisher 
 does not particularly name any who thus differed from 
 him in this opinion, which he had so justly formed ; but 
 it would appear that Captain Parry himself, before he 
 reached Wellington Channel, regarded this " continuity 
 of land to the northward" of him, with " uneasiness, prin- 
 cipally from the possibility that it might take a tura 
 to the southward and unite with the coast of America ;" 
 not being then aware, as he afterwards learnt by ex- 
 perience that such continuity was " essential, if not ab- 
 solutely necessary, for the navigation of this part of the 
 Polar Sea ;" and as I dare say it vill be for the navi- 
 gation of that part of it, from the meridian of Prince 
 Regent's Inlet to that of Icy Cape. . • 
 
 We have seen alread j where and what this continuity 
 was, as well as its importance to the ships, as far as it 
 extended. That importance was fully proved by the 
 insurmountable icy obstruction which they met with 
 at its western extremity. And yet Captain Parry says, 
 and the Reviewer repeats it : '* Such continuity of land 
 as was here about to fail us, must necessarilybe furnished 
 by the northern coast of America, in whatever latitude 
 it may be found." 
 
 ** There would be a manifest advantage in making the 
 
 attempt on the coast of America, where we are sure 
 Data. B, 
 
 4. 
 
 
130 
 
 that land will not fail us/* If the Reviewer alone had 
 made such ah observation as the first, it need not have 
 surprised one ; hut that Captain Parry himself, with the 
 facts of his experience before him, should not only have 
 written but published the same, is indeed somewhat 
 unexpected ; for the two cases cannot possibly have 
 any feature alike, except as regards the term continuity 
 applied to them, and perhaps being so, in both having 
 a direction nearly east and west. Though there must 
 be continuity of land on the coast of America, yet surely 
 it cannot be ^wcA a continuity as that formed by the 
 ^lorth Georgian Islands, which failed Captain Parry at 
 the west end of Melville Island : because the coaat of 
 America is on the larboard hand, or to the southward oi 
 ships steering to the westward, and consequently to 
 leeward, as the prevailing winds are from the northward. 
 On the contrary, the continuity formed by the North 
 Georgian Islands is to the northward, or on the star- 
 board hand, of ships so steering, and therefore to wind' 
 ward. As to siuation, then, they are only as opposite 
 as north and south. Bui in other and far more im- 
 portant points they are quite the reverse of each other. 
 The chain of landj extending from Baffin's Bay, 
 on the north of the passage discovered by Captain 
 Parry, acted as a barrier against the polar ices, which, 
 it is confessed by all the authorities I quote, are driven 
 from north to south by the combined power of the polar 
 current and "the prevailing northerly winds." The 
 southern shores of those lands being weather shores, 
 (or having the wind blowing from them,) were conse- 
 quently found to be comparatively free from ice. Nor 
 in truth was there, in the whole extent of that passage, 
 any such heavy polar ice met with, as was found near 
 the west end of Melville Island. But what was the state 
 of the northern coast of Melville Island, which was a lee 
 
131 
 
 shore, as the winds are proved to prevail ? Captain Parry 
 has told us what he observed at Point Nias. Nay, what 
 was the state of the shores facing the north of the lands 
 forming the south side of that passage, and extending 
 from Prince Regent's Inlet to Banks's land, at what- 
 ever distance those lands may be from the North Geor- 
 gian Islands ? Those lands were not seen all the way 
 in continuity, but there must be land there sufficiently 
 contiguous to prevent the field ice even from moving fur- 
 ther to the southward than it was observed to do from the 
 North Georgian Islands ; and if there should be no land 
 nearer to those Islands than che coast of America itself, 
 that coast must be the impediment, and the ice will be, in 
 all human probability, found to be continuous quite to 
 that coast. Now, let us see what answer Captain 
 Parry will furnish to the last question^ as to the state of 
 the ice to the southward. 
 
 It has already been seen, at page 142 of Captain 
 Parry's Voyage, that, when he first met with such 
 decided obstruction, necr the west end of Melville 
 Island, he " was desirous of finding an opening in the 
 ice leading to the southward, by taking advantage of 
 which, he might be enabled to orosecute the voyage to 
 the westward in a lower latitude. At page 250, he de- 
 F riiMis the ice to the W. and W.S.fV, of Cape Dundas, 
 I * V hence, it being 1000 feet high, the view of it 
 mub save been very extended. " It was as solid and 
 compact as so much land ; no passage in that direction 
 was yet to be expected ; the only clear- water in sight 
 was a channel of about three-quarters of a mile wide, 
 between the ice and the land." — At page 259, on the 
 26th of August, when he cast off from the ice, and 
 ^nade all sail to the eastward, he says, *• We kept close 
 
 ' the ice, which w 
 
 •''K 
 
 ioug the edge 
 
 ^uite compact 
 
132 
 
 the southward, without the smallest appearance cf an operh 
 ing to encourage a hope of penetrating in that direction" 
 At page 261, when ii? lat. 72° 2' 15" and long. IDS'* 
 14' 20", he says, " A constant look-out was kept from 
 the crow's-nest, for an opening to the southxvard ; but not 
 a single break could he perceived in the mass of ice which 
 still covered the sea in that direction" And on the fol- 
 lowing day, the 28th of August, he adds, " The ice to 
 the southward, along which we continued to sail this 
 day, was composed of floes, remarkable for their extra- 
 ordinary length and continuity : some of them not 
 having r single ^»reak or crack for miles together, though 
 their height abi ' I'le sea was generally not more 
 than 12 inches, au^ their surface as smooth and even 
 as a bowling-green ; forming a striking contrast to the 
 ice to which we had lately been accustomed more 
 westerly." On the 30th of August, he says, " Having 
 now traced the ice the whole way, from long. 1 14" to 
 90" without discovering any opening to encourage a hope 
 of penetrating to the southward, I could not entertain 
 the slightest doubt that there no longer remained a 
 possibility of effecting our object." Does Captain 
 Parry then, with facts like these before his eyes, really 
 mean to say, that a continuity of land, south of the 
 westerly course to be steered towards Behring's Strait, is 
 in aqy point, except the two I have mentioned, such as 
 one to the north of it ? Suppose, for instance, that, 
 after he entered Lancaster Sound, there had been no 
 land whatever to the northward, between him and the 
 Pole, and that the land to the southward from Cape 
 Byam Martin to Banks's Land, or even to Behring's 
 Strait, was continuous ; I would ask him candidly, to 
 say, if he believes he could have advanced to the west- 
 ward beyond even the 80th degree of longitude? 
 
13a 
 
 Would he have found that continuity such as the one 
 to the northvmrd, whose existence alone enabled him to 
 reach the 1 14th meridian ? But the Quarterly Review 
 would perhaps answer for him : " Yes, he would not 
 only have made as much westing as he did, but he 
 would have reached Behring's Strait; because he would 
 have entered mi/ * Polar basin,^ where there would have 
 been no ice to impede his progress." , And yet the 
 Reviewer acknowledges that *' the ice found about the 
 S.W. extremity of Melville Island, was owing proba- 
 bly to the discontinuance of land, or to the prevailing 
 northerly winds having driven down the main body, and 
 wedged it in among the Islands !" May I ask him then 
 to give me any sound reason, why the same combined 
 causes should not have produced the same effects, i/'that 
 discontinuance had taken place in the same parallel on 
 any other meridian, between Baffin's Bay and 114" 
 west longitude? and why it may not take place at 
 the west end of Arctic lands, on any meridians west of 
 that longitude, and in parallels even south of Melville 
 Island, IF NO other lands should happen to be 
 situated to the northward of them again ? He, how- 
 ever, I dare say, will not allow the inference that must 
 be drawn from his own admission : for in the face of that 
 admission, and in support of his firm belief still, that 
 there is an open Polar Sea, notwithstanding ice " is 
 driven to the southward" from thence, where the supply 
 must consequently come /row, he gives the authority of 
 Captain Parry, who, he says, " has no doubt of an open 
 sea to the westward of Melville Island ; as whole fields 
 of ice, interminable to the sight, were observed to be 
 moving bodily to the westward for days together." 
 Captain Parry may have told him so, for aught I know ; 
 but as far as I can find, what he has published in his 
 
 m 
 
 li 
 
 ■li 
 
!l 
 
 >34 
 
 Voyage does not seem to me to amount to quite so much 
 as this. At page 86, Captain Parry does, to be sure, 
 say something about a strong westerly current, which 
 by-the-by, though perhaps it was only a temporary 
 one, is not much in proof of the existence, there at 
 least, of the Reviewer's famouG circumvolving current 
 between the Pacific and Atlantic from west to east, if, 
 as he supposes, there be a passage for it. But this fact is 
 not at variance with Phoca*s circumvolving current in 
 that direction. For he does not insist on there posi- 
 tively being a passage for it (though there may be,) any 
 where, but along the northern shores of circumpolar 
 lands, j/" it cannot pass bettueen them, till it rounds the 
 north point of Greenland, and finds its way down its 
 east coast towards the Atlantic. Captain Parry says, 
 " On the 17th September, the current, which for the last 
 two days had been setting to the westward, and which 
 could not possibly have escaped our observation had it 
 existed previously to the late westerly and north-westerly 
 gales, was here found to be running stronger than we 
 had before remarked it. — ^This was made particularly 
 obvious when, having reached the farthest point west- 
 ward to which we could possibly venture to carry 
 the ships, we were obliged to heave to, in order to 
 watch for an opening that might favor our views ; the 
 ships were at this time drifting to leeward through the 
 water, at the rate of about a mile and a quarter an hour, 
 in spite of which, they went so fast to the westward by 
 the land, that Lieutenant Beechey and myself estimated 
 the current to be running at least two miles an hour in 
 that direction. I must here remark, that besides the 
 current to which I have now alluded, and by which 
 the floes and heavy masses appeared to be affected, 
 there was, as usual in this navigation, a superficial cur- 
 
135 
 
 rent atso, setting the smaller pieces past the others, at 
 a much quicker rate. Of the causes which now pro- 
 duced this strong" westerly current, at a time when the 
 contrary might rather have been anticipated, it is of 
 course not easy, with our present limited experience 
 of this part of the Polar Sea, to offer any very probable 
 conjecture; but the impression on our minds, at the 
 time, was, that it was perhaps caused by the reaction 
 of the water, which had been forced to the eastward, 
 in the early part of the late gales, against the ice, with 
 which the sea was almost entirely covered in that direc- 
 tion. Be this as it may, we did not fail to draw from it 
 one conclusion, which was favorable to the object we 
 had in view, namely, that the drift of so large a body 
 of ice for days together in a westerly direction, indi- 
 cated a considerable space of open sea somewhere in 
 that direction." As to this open space of sea to the 
 westward, it is only necessary to observe here, that as 
 it appears, from other previous remarks, that the tides 
 were here very regular, though it is not made to appear 
 so clear at times, whether the Jlood was from east or 
 west ; at all events the floating ice was carried by them, 
 sometimes one way, and sometimes the other. The 
 currents also are stated, as setting sometimes to the east- 
 ward, and as such ice must have been carried by them, in 
 that direction, " the large body of it which was drifting to 
 the westward, for days together," might have been only 
 returning back, to fill up the space it had before per- 
 haps occupied there, by means of what Captain Parry 
 calls " the reaction of the water, which had been forced 
 to the eastward in the early part of the late gales." In 
 the following year, when Captain Parry had gained 
 more experience in the "vicinity of the S.W. extremity 
 of Melville Island, he speaks very differently on the 
 
 
 
130 
 
 subject of an open sea to the westward of Melville 
 Island. He says : " We had been lying near our pre- 
 sent situation, with an easterly wind blowing fresh 
 for thirty- SIX hours together, and although this was 
 considerably o^the land, beyond the western point of 
 land now in sight, the ice had noty during the whole of 
 that timet moved a single yard from the shore ; affording a 
 proof that there was no space in which the ice was at 
 liberty to move to the westward^ and offering a single and 
 striking exception to our former experience." Captain 
 Parry's former experience, however, was not obtained 
 quite so far to the westward, as it was at the time when 
 this single and striking exception occurred. 
 
 Captain Ross was instructed "carefully to avoid com- 
 ing near the coast of America, in order to give it a good 
 offing," for, says the Reviewer, " had it been intended 
 that he should ascertain its position, his instructions, 
 we have no doubt, would have directed him to proceed 
 up the Welcome, and endeavor to pass through Middle- 
 ton's Frozen Strait ; whereas the object clearly was 
 to avoid being entangled with the shoals and islands and 
 ice, on the northern shores of America, which, by the 
 vague accounts of Hearne /and Mackenzie, are very 
 similar to the northern shores of Siherldi.*' The Reviewer 
 too acknowledged that he had less apprehension of the 
 passage through Behring's Strait being closed against 
 our navigators, except by ice, than of the difficulties 
 which they may probably have to encounter on this side 
 of America." No wonder then, if he had any influence 
 in the deliberations at the Admiralty, that, in order to 
 avoid these. Captain Parry was instructed to proceed by 
 way of Lancaster Sound, and ** if it should be found to 
 connect itself with the northern sea, he was to make 
 the best of his way to Behring's Strait;" not at all doubt- 
 
137 
 
 ing but that sea would he found free from ice, and na- 
 vigable the whole way. We have seen the result ofthat 
 voyage. With that result the Reviewer's resources seem 
 to have failed him, and he very prudently gives up the 
 cudgel to Captain Parry ; and though he seems to have 
 had ?i fearful hankering after Middle tons Frozen St rait , 
 or Repulse Bay, which he disbelieved quite as much as 
 he did the existence of Baffin's Bay, yet after what he 
 had said and published he could not well recommend 
 it himself, as a next place of trial. He therefore informs 
 us that " the attempt was to be made as recommended hy 
 Captain Parry, in a more southern latitude, and close on 
 the coast of America,' This was preferred to a route 
 through Prince Regent's Inlet, on account of the delay 
 which would necessarily be occasioned by proceeding 
 so far to the northward, as Sir James Lancaster's 
 Sound, in order to get into that inlet. 
 4 This last attempt has also failed, but with this " advan- 
 tage^' gained, as the Reviewer would say ; that we now 
 do know there is such a Bay as the Repulse Bay of Mid- 
 dleton ; and as to ** the difficulties which our navigators 
 would probably have to encounter on this side of Ame- 
 rica," he has been a true prophet for once* 
 
 And now% as the Reviewer says, " comes the question 
 to be solved as to the best and shortest route to get 
 upon the coast of America. From the appearance and 
 circumstances, at the southern part of Prince Regent's 
 Inlet, there was not a man in the late expedition, who 
 was not convinced that it opened out into the sea, 
 which washes the northern coast of that continent." 
 
 This route however did not, it seems, hold out such 
 
 a fair prospect of success, as that taken last through 
 
 Hudson's Strait, as the latter was " recommended " by 
 
 Capt. Parry himself; and the Reviewer '• thought it 
 
 Data. S 
 
 I: 
 
 ^> 
 
 •rf: 
 
138 
 
 probal)le that either Hudson's Strait, Sir Thos. Roe's 
 Welcome, or Repulse Bay, or all of them, might afford 
 navigable passages into the Polar Sea." These then, 
 with " the knowledge acquired on the former expedi- 
 tion," afforded that " sanguine hope " for the complete 
 solution of *^ the interesting problem of a north-west pas- 
 sage." The route which last failed, was then of course 
 considered " the best and shortest, to get upon the 
 coast of America." That by way of Lancaster Sound, 
 and down Prince Regent'vS Inlet, where the present 
 attempt, it is said, will be made, may therefore be 
 termed the forlorn hope, whether it may turn out to 
 be the best or not. 
 
 As the last expedition failed in reaching the north 
 coast of America, the arguments of the Reviewer and 
 Capt. Parry, in favor of the route along that coast, are 
 of course equally applicable to it in the attempt now to 
 be made there. We will therefore proceed to examine 
 them. 
 
 In the first place ; if Capt. Parry should succeed in 
 getting through Prince Regent's Inlet, and to the south- 
 ward of the land forming its west side ; and if that land 
 should, trend nearly on a parallel, so as to be in coft- 
 tinuity nearly, or to join Banks's Land, he will, in all 
 probability, find just as little difficulty in advancing as 
 far as Hie west end of that land, along its southern shore, 
 as he did to that of Melville Island. 
 
 But, if there should happen to be a large space to the 
 westward of Banks's Land, without any land, and nojic 
 between it and the north coast of America, it is as proba- 
 ble that he will find the whole of that space filled with 
 ices and unnavigable, either to the west or south : and 
 for the same reasons that he could do neither in the 
 whole space between Melville Island and Banks's Land. 
 
139 
 
 But admitting that Capt. Parry should get on tlie 
 north coast of America, what then ? Why, he says, and 
 the Reviewer also, tliere " will he a manifest advantage 
 gained, in making the attempt along the northern coast 
 of America, as he will there be certain of a continuity 
 of land. Arrived on the coast of America, and no ob- 
 struction from land, we," says the Reviewe" "see no 
 reason why the passage to Icy Cape, which does not 
 exceed 1500 miles, might not easily be accomplished in 
 one scasoji ; about 000 of these were actually run on the 
 last voyage in six days ;" but that was from the xvest- 
 w'ardf quite the wrong wa\j. He should have added, that 
 " it required five weeks to traverse that distance when 
 going in the opposite direction," lo the ivestward or to- 
 'ivards Behring's .Strait, as Capt. Parry did. If, as 
 I think, I have shown that there would have been 7io 
 advantage gained by making the passage to the ivest- 
 wardy along the northern s/iores of the lands extending 
 from Prince Regent's Inlet to Banks's Lam], provided the 
 North Georgian Islands had not existed ; what " mani- 
 fest advantage," then, can be expected, on the jwrth 
 coast of America, if there should happen not to be lands 
 situated to ihe northward of it again, along its zvhole ex- 
 tent to Behring's Strait, to keep off those Polar ices, 
 which it is acknowledged by all do, in fact, drift tc the 
 southward ? If there should be any extent of it zvith- 
 out such protection, what is to prevent the advance of 
 such ices, even to that coast ? I may be told that " the 
 summer climate there will be so much warmer," that 
 they will dissolve before they reach it. The Reviewer 
 says, " Supposing the theory of Dr. Brewster to be correct 
 which assigns the greatest degree of cold to the mag- 
 netic meridian, the most serious obstruction from ice 
 will probably occur from yo"" to 100° of west longitude ; 
 or (setting aside that theory) about midway of the 
 
 J". \ 
 
 T';' 
 
 :fl! 
 
 
140 
 
 coast, as being the most distant point from tlie two 
 Oceans ; it being well known from experience, that the 
 proximity of a permanently open sea is a circumstance 
 which, of all others, in high latitudes, tends the most 
 to temper the severity of the climate." In this doctrine 
 the Reviewer and Capt. Parry so perfectly agree, that, 
 in speaking of it, they are mutual echoes to each other. 
 But this is only an opinion, a mere assertion, dictated 
 by hope, rather than founded on experience, in a situa- 
 tion so remote from either ocean. The Reviewer 
 *' takes for granted," what scarcely admits of a doubt, 
 ** that the action of the sun's rays, so much more power- 
 ful and radiated from so much more land, along the 
 continuous coast of America, than along the passage 
 discovered by Parry, will produce the same effect of 
 opening a clear channel of water between the coa'^t 
 and the ice,"' by effecting its dissolution. Capt. Parry 
 says, "Should tlie sea on the coast of Americ be 
 found moderatdi) deep, and shelving towards the e, 
 (which from the geological character of the known 
 parts of the continent to the south, and of the Georgian 
 Islands to the north, there is reason to believe 
 would be the case, for a considerable distance to 
 the westward,) the facility of navigation would be 
 much increased, on account of the grounding of the 
 heavy masses of ice in water sufficiently deep to allow 
 ships to take shelter behind them, at such times as 
 the Jloes closein upon the land." Capt. Parry then, it 
 would appear, does not expect much advantage to be 
 gained from the dissolution of the ice, as he admits the 
 "heavy masses"may^e^Acre to take the ground, and ^^Jloes 
 to close in upon the land." He is not so sanguine on this 
 point, therefore, as the Reviewer ; nor can Mr. Barrow 
 ■be, who, having given this subject much of his attention, 
 may be considered high authority. He says, at page 
 
14t 
 
 373 of his Voyages to the Polar Regions, " In fact, 
 the ice-bergs, and those vast fields of ice which float 
 about on the sea and are wafted down by currents into 
 the Atlantic, are chiefly formed on coasts, and in bays, 
 in jiarrozv straits, and at the mouths of great rivers. 
 The whole coast of Siberia is a fertile source of tliis 
 supply," [on the authority of the Russians I dare say: 
 I wonder what becomes of them all, now the door is 
 shut against them by the land to the northward of 
 Davis's Strait.} 
 
 " The multitude of large rivers which fall into the 
 Polar Sea, by carrying down the alluvial earth, have 
 formed numerous and expansive and shallow bays of 
 fresh water, which in the course of the winter become so 
 many solid masses of ice. As the sources of these rivers, 
 and a great part of their course, are in more southern 
 latitudes, where they never freeze, the water they sup- 
 ply is, in the winter, dammed u|> near the mouth, and 
 ice-bergs are formed, which, when broken loose, are 
 drifted out to sea. In the same manner the field ice is 
 formed in the straits, and bays, and on shalloio coasts, 
 which, when set afloat in the spring, is carried out into the 
 sea : in this situationit is dri.lted about till, heaped piece 
 on piece, and driven about, it again fixes itself among 
 archipelagos of islands, on shallow coasts, and in straits, 
 bays, and inlets, where each field becomes a nucleus for 
 • an increasing accumulation, as in the straits of Belleisle 
 and Behring^for instance, and in every part of Hudson's 
 Bay down to the latitude of 50°." 
 
 Now, to be sure, if this be the case, there can be 7w 
 dissolution of ices on the north coast of America, and as 
 the wind, it appears, prevails generally from the north- 
 ward, they cannot be carried out to sea in its teeth ; so 
 that at this rate, on such authority at least, it must be con- 
 
142 
 
 tinually encumbered with ices, whether those from the 
 northern ocean find access to it or not. How indeed 
 can such " an increasing accumulation' of ice be dis- 
 solved at all, when in Hudson's Bay, so much furUier to 
 the southward, there is an "increasing accumulation:" 
 nay, even " in the Strait of Belleisle ! !" But then the 
 Quarterly Reviewer and Captain Parry will turn round 
 on Mr. Barrow and me, and say, that all this may be 
 so, but " it can scarcely be doubted that the climate 
 on the north coast of America will be found to improve, 
 and the obstruction become less, as the ships advance 
 towards the Pacific. Besides, it is well known that the 
 western coast of every continent and large island (even 
 of our own) enjoys a higher temperature by many 
 degrees than the eastern coast in the same parallels of 
 latitude." As a fact, this is true with regard to northern 
 extra tropical continents, whose western coasts have 
 a much higher mean temperature than the eastern. 
 " This diflerence is extremely striking between the west- 
 ern roast of North America, and the opposite eastern 
 coast of Asia. Mr. Daniel explains it, by the heat 
 evolved in the condensation of vapour swept from the 
 surface of the ocean by the westerii winds. This general 
 current, in its passage over the land, deposits more and 
 more of its aqueous particles, and by the time that it 
 arrives upon the eastern coasts is extremely dry : as it 
 moves onward, it bears before it the humid atmosphere 
 of the intermediate seas, and arrives upon the opposite 
 shores in a state of saturation. Great part of the vapour 
 is there at once precipitated, and the temperature of the 
 climate raised by the evolution of its latent heat." I ap- 
 prehend, however, that little of this effect will be found 
 to ameliorate the climate on the north coast of America 
 much to the eastward of Behring's Strait, owing to the 
 
 
I 
 
 143 
 
 probable proximity and immense quantity of ices to the 
 north, from whence frigid winds prevail to counteract it. 
 And therefore tliat the rule will not perhaps be found 
 so applicable to the eastern and western sides o^ Arctic 
 lands, as it doubtless is to those of extra tropical conti- 
 nents more to the southward. But before the question 
 comes to further proof, which there is much reason to 
 hope it may, by means of the intended land expedition, 
 let us try it by the test of the few recorded observations 
 hitherto made on the temperature of the east ccast of 
 Greenland, in Hudson's Bay, and Behring's Strait, as 
 extreme points in the case. For the first, we will take 
 the authority of Mr. Scoresby, in his Voyage to Green- 
 land, published in 1822, who says, at page 204, after he 
 had laTuded in Scoresby 's Sound : " The heat among 
 the rocks was most oppressive, so much so chat my 
 excursion was greatly contracted by the painful languor 
 which the uncommonly high temperature produced. 
 Unfortunately I had no thermometer with me. but I 
 think the temperature could not be below 70'' ; to my 
 feelings it was equal to the greatest heat of summer in 
 England." This was on the 25th of July, to the ?iorth- 
 wardoflatiiude l(f. In Hurry's Inlet, he says, " that Mr. 
 Lloyd experienced a degree of heat as oppressive to his 
 feelings as he ever suffered either in the East or West 
 Indies, to which torrid regions he had been a frequent 
 visitor." '' It so far overcame some of his men who had 
 attempted to climb an adjoining hill, that they could 
 not proceed, but lying down, fell fast asleep," &c. " The 
 superior heat of the land to that of the sea was most 
 remarkable and striking ; when the temperature on shore 
 was not less than 70°, the thermometer on board the 
 ship, even near the shore in Scoresby 's Sound, never 
 rose, I believe, in the shade above 40"," 
 
 n 
 
 5!;: 
 
 ^:t 
 
144 
 
 The Quarterly Reviewer tells us that, "almost every 
 voyager into Hudson's and Baffin's Seas complains of 
 the occasional hot weather and the great annoyance of 
 mosquitoes on the shores. Duncan, when surrounded 
 with ice, had the thermometer in August at 56" in the 
 shade, and 82° in the sun." It is not said what latitude 
 this was in, but it must have been to the southward of 
 05°. So much for the temperature on the eastern side 
 of Greenland and America. For that on the west side, 
 and not further north, we will see what Lieutenant 
 Kotzebue found it to be in Behring's Strait, and also in 
 the shalloxv sound bearing his name, which being almost 
 surrounded by land, may very naturally be expected to 
 have the temperature of its water, as well as that of the 
 atmosphere, considerably raised by the radiation of heat 
 from it. On the 26th of July, when near the St. Lawrence 
 Islands (situated to the southward of Behring's Strait, and 
 between Asia and America,) and in latitude 63° N. 
 the temperature of the air was 53* 8', and of the surface 
 of the sea, 41° 2'. In Kotzebue Sound, in lat. 63^° and 
 long. 162°, from the 2d to the 13th of August, the 7we«« 
 temperature of the air was about 63", and that of the 
 sea water about 52°. On the 19th of August, in latitude 
 66° 16' N. and a little to the northward of East Cape, 
 the temperature of the air was 44°, and the sea water 
 35° 8'. These few facts will not lead any one in his 
 senses to conclude that the waters of the Pacific, which 
 at the surface are of a temperature of 70° or 80°, could 
 possibly have composed any of the fluid here. Neither 
 do they prove that the climate of the western coast of 
 America is " higher by many degrees than the eastern," 
 at least on equal parallels, though somewhat higher in 
 latitude 68° than 70° on the east side of Greenland. 
 
 This western part of America, forming the east side 
 
w 
 
 145 
 
 of Behring's Strait ought of course, according to the 
 rule of the Reviewer and Captain Parry, to be the 
 warmest part of it or. an equal parailc!. Yet, being o£ 
 so low a temperature as it appears to be, on what 
 ground can it be believed that there will be a better cli- 
 mate further to the eastward^ on the north coast, than 
 there is here ? Nay, by their own rule, must it not be 
 progressively colder from ley Cape all the way to their 
 point oi greatest frigidity and obstruction, about " mid- 
 way of the coast ?" Or to the one supposed by Dr. 
 Brewster to be ** situated in about 80° N* latitude and 
 lOO'^W. longitude?" 
 
 I must, however, take the liberty of borrowing one of 
 the Reviewer's own arguments to prove, that the cli- 
 mate ** from midway," on the north coast of America, 
 towards the Pacific, can not be milder than it has been 
 experienced at its western extremity. 
 
 In the beginning of the year 1818, he took much 
 pains to show that the temperature of our climate in 
 England was lower in the three summer months of 
 1816 and 1817, by from IT to 20°, than it had been in 
 corresponding months of 1805, 18^, and 1807 — that 
 " the remarkable chilliness of the almosphere, in the 
 summer months of those two years, was owing to the 
 appearance of ice in the Atlantic" — that ♦' it would be 
 a waste of words to enter into any discussion on the 
 diminution of temperature, which must iiecessarily be 
 occasioned by the proximity of vast mountains, nnd 
 islands of ice ;" in short, that the westerly winds did 
 in fact acquire an unusually frigorific character, by 
 having passed over a few icebergs drifting to th. 
 southward in the Atlantic, at the distance of some 
 hundreds of miles from the British Isles. What then 
 must be the character of winds in the circumpolar 
 Data, T 
 
140 
 
 ■t 
 
 Arctic sea, if ihey "prevail generally from the north?" 
 And what their influence on the climate of the whole 
 north coast of America, upon which they blow, and the 
 ice drifts ; it being a lee shore ? That the winds, judging 
 theoretically, should prevail from the northward in the 
 Arctic regions, is perhaps indisputable ; and, though the 
 Keviewer has admitted it to be so, yet it is as well to 
 establish the fact by the testimony of navigators in that 
 quarter of the globe. 
 
 Ml". Scoresby, from a mean of nine years' observation 
 in the Spitzbergen sea, in the months of April and 
 May, has "estimated the frigid winds passing over ice, 
 to be in proportion to the mild winds blowing from the 
 sea, as 173 N. to 69 S." In Baffin's Bay, it appears 
 by Captain Ross's register, that the northerly winds 
 were in proportion to the southerly, as 75 to 59 — the 
 easterly and westerly, as 62 E. to 65 W. — And on an 
 examination of Captain Parry's register of the winds 
 for 448 days between July 18 J 9, and September 1820, 
 the northerly winds were in proportion to the southerly,! 
 as 316 N. to 140 S. ; and the easterly to the westerly, 
 as 118 E. to 245 W. or thereabouts. So that i/any 
 ice be either formed along the north coast of America, 
 or drive down upon it by these winds, " prevailing, as 
 they do, from the northward and westward," and a 
 Polar current from the same quarter, I should like to 
 know by what possible means it can be expected to be 
 cleared of it, ej^cept by the effect of heat ? Or, if that 
 which perhaps may be so dissolved is, as I believe, 
 replaced constantly, though probably imperceptibly, by 
 the tenancy of the whole body to move southward^ (whe- 
 ther it extends five or ten or any number of degrees 
 to the northward, towards the Pol ,) how that north 
 coast, oi; the north or "west coasts o*' any lands> on any 
 

 147 
 
 parallels and meridians between the N.W. part of 
 Greenland and Melville Island, can be otherwise than 
 perpetually encumbered with ice, provided no other land 
 be between them and the Pole ? But more especially so, if 
 we admit also the effect of the Reviewer's circumvolv- 
 ing current from the Pacific, to be " rushing in" through 
 Behring's Strait with " the greatest velocity :" for as 
 that current is bound to the Atlantic^ it must set to the 
 eastward from thence, and carry along with it floating 
 masses of ice. 
 
 Lieutenant Kotzebue says : " The direction of the 
 current was always N.E. in Behring's Strait, and 
 stronger on the Asiatic than on the American coast/ 
 I estimate the current on the Asiatic coast in the chan- 
 nel, at the greatest depth, to be three miles an hour, 
 when the wind blew fresh from the south. The con- 
 stant N.E. direction of the current in Behring's Strait 
 proves that the water meets with no obstruction, and 
 consequently a passage must exist, though perhaps not 
 adapted to navigation :" and believing, in consequence 
 of what our Quarterly Reviewer had told him, that the 
 current in Baffin's Bay runs to the south, he thought 
 " no doubt can remain that the mass of water which 
 flows into Behring's Strait takes its course round 
 America, and returns through Baffin's Bay into the 
 ocean." — Mr. Von Chamisso, the naturalist, who was 
 with Kotzebue in the Rurick, is not quite so positive, nor 
 so sanguine: for he says, "After we had tried to 
 prove that a current goes to the north through Behring's 
 Strait, we must confess that it is too weak, and can force 
 but too little water through the narrow entrance, to 
 correspond with those currents which flow from Davis's 
 Strait, and along the east coast of Greenland, towards 
 the south." This gentleman too, it seems, believed, at 
 the time he wrote this, in the Reviewer's current down 
 
 1^ 
 
 % ;i'. 
 
148 
 
 *• Baffin's Sea," which we have seen had no existence 
 but in his own fertile imagination. * 
 
 Captain Burney supposed " the current in Pehring's 
 Strait to be periodical ; were it perpetual," said he, " its 
 moderate rate through a channel neither wide nor 
 deep, could contribute little towards a current in the 
 Greenland seas." Very little, truly — and perhaps has 
 nothing to do with the current in the Spitzbergen sea. 
 We have seen, from the testimony of Mr. Scoresby 
 junior, that the current there is perpetual. Indeed, from 
 the united testimony of hundreds besides, there can be 
 no doubt of the fact of a constant current from the 
 northward, out of the Polar Sea, towards the Atlantic 
 Ocean : and because it is exactly such an effect as 
 must of necessity result from physical causes ori- 
 ginating in heat and cold on the globe. This, 
 too, being the only effect of that cause hitherto dis- 
 covered in the Arctic regions, has appeared to me to 
 be, of all others, the strongest argument against the 
 practicability at least — nay, almost the existence of a 
 passage for ships from the Atlantic into (what I under- 
 stand by) the Polar Sea, on any parallel and meridian, 
 from the N.TV. part of Greenland to Melville Island. 
 The space between Melville Island and the coast of 
 America, to Behring's Strait, still remains to be explored 
 by. ships. To that space the same argument is appli- 
 cable under the like circumstances. For, should a 
 similar effect (the certain result of the same cause) not 
 be found there, the same conclusion must follow — Im- 
 practicability. 
 
 But further, even if such similar current should 
 be hereafter discovered flowing from the Polar Sea, 
 somewhere within that space, towards the Atlantic, 
 between insulated lands ; it may indeed prove the 
 existence of a passage, perhaps under the ice, for water 
 
149 
 
 and fish, like that between Melville Island and Banks's 
 Land, without proving its practicability for ships. Be- 
 cause, as such current must of necessity be from the 
 north or west, or both, it will in all probability close 
 up the narrower passages with ice. Even admitting 
 then the circp^^volving current of the Reviewer (not 
 from the Paci/itf but) from Behring's Strait to the east- 
 ward, to be flowing towards the Atlantic by way of 
 channels yet unexplored between Melville Island and 
 the coast of America, if these channels should not 
 be sufficiently wide to allow the heavier masses and 
 fields of ice to pass through with the current, from the 
 northward, or westward, or both ; the natural conse- 
 quence, I should apprehend, must be an accumulation 
 of icy obstruction at the northern and western openings 
 of such channels ; as was the case in the space between 
 the west end of Melville Island and Banks's Land, and 
 since that time, in the Strait of the Fury and Hecla. 
 And this, too, on the same principle, and for the same 
 reason, that a grating placed across a stream would 
 cause an accumulation of such floating substances as 
 could not pass through it, on the side nej^t its source. 
 
 At the same time, it must be observed, that even the 
 future proof of such current from tlie northward or 
 westward, from the Polar Sea, or along the northern 
 coast of America, will not in the least tend to prove 
 that either the one or the other has the waters of the 
 Pacific Ocean for its source^ as has been so wildly con- 
 jectured : for the waters of that ocean can have no 
 more to do with it, as a cause of its existence in any part 
 of the north circumpolar regions, (except through the 
 medium of evaporation and a northerly movement in 
 the atmosphere,) than the man in the moon. 
 
 It 
 
 ^ ) 
 
 
 
 
 d 
 
150 
 
 I have not yet been able to learn whether any cur- 
 rent from the westward, of a permanent character, was 
 met with under the ice, in the Strait of Fury and 
 Hecla. But if there was, it may be considered (accord- 
 ing to the view I have taken of the subject) as a cir- 
 cumstance unfavorable to success. 
 
 There is another fact mentioned in the Appendix to 
 Captain Franklin's account of his journey to the mouth 
 of the Copper- Mine River, which tends to prove that 
 the climate to the westward of the meridian (113" 6') of 
 Fort Enterprise, is colder than that to the eastward of 
 it. He says, " The easterly winds predominate in the 
 country to the northward of the Great Slave Leike ; 
 and whilst they blow, the weather is milder than 
 during the westerly winds. The coldest, and I may add 
 the strongest wind, in every season, in this country, is 
 the north-west y 
 
 Now, if the westerly winds in the summer months 
 of 1816 and 1817 were so remarkably 'chilled, in their 
 way to our shores, by passing over a few icebergs in 
 the Atlantic, as to reduce the temperature of the cli- 
 mate of Great Britain from 1 1 to 20 degrees, the Re- 
 viewer can have no objection, I presume, to admit that 
 the westerly winds to the northward of the Great Slave 
 Lake must have come from a colder climate, westward 
 of the 113th meridian, than that could possibly be to 
 the eastward of it, from whence the winds. Captain 
 Franklin says, were milder. In short, that they were 
 frigified toOy somewhere and somehow, on their pas- 
 sage. And as ice was the cause of the unusual chilli- 
 ness of our westerly winds here, by the Reviewer's 
 own argument, therefore, the colder character of the 
 westerly and north-westerly winds, to the northward 
 
Idl 
 
 of the Great Slave Lake, must have been owing to the 
 same cause too; the abundance of ice in the direction 
 from whence these winds came. And as even westerly 
 winds had this cold character, some of this ice, it may 
 be supposed, was as far to the southward as the coast 
 of America : for on a flat shelving shore, such as parts 
 of the " north coast may b6, it is impossible to pre- 
 scribe how far inland low field ice shall not be driven 
 by the pressure of other ice, forced by tempestuous 
 weather towards the land." Captain Burney also ob- 
 serves, *' that the shallowness of the sea near the north 
 coast of Asia, the freshes discharged into it from many 
 large rivers, and the coast fronting the north, render 
 it more liable to be frozen, than the seas of Greenland 
 and Spitzbergen in a much higher latitude. The 
 northern lands in the Icy Sea are impediments to the 
 dispersion of ice, and hence arises the great difficulty of 
 navigation in that sea." This passage is partly appli- 
 cable likewise to the north coast of America. But 
 Captain Franklin has recorded his favorable opinion 
 of the practicability of a passage for ships along that 
 coast. " Our researches," he says, " as far as they 
 have gone, seem to favor the opinion of those who con- 
 tend for the practicability of a N.W. passage. The 
 general line of coast probably runs east and west, 
 nearly in the latitude assigned to the Mackenzie river, 
 the Sound into which Kotzebue entered, and Re* 
 pulse Bay; and very little doubt can, in my opi- 
 nion be entertained of the existence of a continued sea 
 in or about that line of direction. A connexion with 
 Hudson's Bay is rendered more probable from the 
 same kind of fish abounding on the coast we visited, 
 and on the coast to the north of the Churchill river. 
 The portion of sea over which we passed is navigable 
 
 'k 
 
I.V2 
 
 for ships of any size ; the ice we met with, particularly 
 after quitting Detention Harbour, would not have ar- 
 rested a strong boat. The chain of islands affords 
 shelter from all heavy seas, and there are good harbours 
 at convenient distances." 
 
 There can be no doubt that the chain of islands 
 seen to the northward of that portion of the coast ex- 
 plored by Capt. Franklin, from the Copper Mine River 
 eastward, would shelter ships from heavy seas, if it 
 were likely there could be any produced there. And 
 the shelter those nearest, as well as the North Georgian 
 Islands, afforded to that part of the coast, was the rea- 
 son why it was not much encumbered with ice, more 
 especially to the eastward of Detention Harbour ; as 
 George the Fourth's Coronation Gulf is almost com- 
 pletely protected by Wilraot's Chain, and other islands 
 to the northward of it. If a similar chain should 
 exist from Cape Hearne to Icy Cape, there will proba- 
 bly be a navigable passage all the way between it and 
 the coast of America, provided it runs, as Capt. Frank- 
 lin supposes, east .and west, nearly in the latitude as- 
 signed to the Mackenzie River, and the Sound into 
 which Kotzebue entered. But there is some reason to 
 fear that the coast of America, westward of Mackenzie's 
 River, will be found to trend more to the northward 
 than the dotted imaginary line of direction so arbitra- 
 rily assigned to it by geographers. The late Admiral 
 Burney said, " an account or notice is given by Kobi- 
 lef of a great river, in the coast of America, to the north 
 of Behring's Strait, which river is described to take a 
 long course in a southerly direction, and its banks to 
 be full of villages." Can the Sound discovered by 
 Lieut. Kotzebue to the northward of Behring's Strait, 
 between Capes Krusenstern and Espenberg, lead to 
 
153 
 
 iilarly 
 ve ar- 
 ffords 
 hours 
 
 jlands 
 ist ex- 
 River 
 , if it 
 And 
 orgian 
 le rea- 
 more 
 ur ; as 
 L com- 
 slands 
 should 
 proba- 
 it and 
 Frank- 
 ide as- 
 id into 
 ason to 
 ienzie's 
 thward 
 arhitra- 
 Ldmiral 
 ■f Kobi- 
 le north 
 take a 
 anks to 
 jred by 
 3 Strait, 
 lead to 
 
 this great river, " described to take a long course in a 
 southerly direction ?" Though Kotzebue's detail of his 
 proceedings in this Sound is rather obscure and un- 
 satisfactory, and so apparently contradictory, in some 
 parts, as to implant a doubt of its correctness ; yet I 
 am rather disposed to attribute tiiis to the translation, 
 which is evidently defective, than to any intention on 
 his par^, to conceal known facts, for the purpose of 
 deception. He entered this Sound, named after him, 
 on the 1st of August. "At 11 o'clock (he says) we 
 were at the entrance of a broad inlet ; the coast va- 
 nished in the east, and high mountains showed them- 
 selves in the north." Here the wind abated, and he 
 anchored in seven fathoms water, in lat. Qif 42' 30", 
 and long. 164** 12' 50" : at 7 o'clock he weighed again, 
 " and steered to the eastward {across^ but as he says) 
 up the strait." " On the 2nd, at day-break, our ex*- 
 pectations were at the highest pitch ; there was still 
 nothing but open sea to the east." The next passage 
 is rather remarkable. ** As we now saw low land in the 
 south, the direction of which was likewise to the east, 
 we could no longer doubt that we were really in a 
 broad channel, as we always continued to see the open 
 sea in the east." Now, if there be any channel leading 
 to the eastward, it must be opposite to his noon position 
 of this day, which was in lat. 66° 35' 18", and long. 
 162** 19', in 8 fathoms water, where he says he was 
 ** obliged to idLck^ because the wind turned to the S.EJ" 
 But if there had been a passage to the eastward, where 
 he says " the sea continued open," surely the shifting 
 of the wind, in soundings of eight fathoms, need not 
 have prevented him from standing on in that dh'ection, 
 on the starboard tack, to explore an open space in so 
 promising a quarter, or at least till he had seen the land 
 Data. U 
 
 
 A 
 
 I 
 
164 
 
 in continuity, or had shoaled his water, so as not to be 
 able to proceed further. According to his pubhshed 
 Chart of this Sound, however, the land must have been 
 seen to the eastward, from tlie noon position of the 
 Rurick on the 2d August ; for the whole eastern side of 
 Kotzebue's Sound is delineated in continuiti/t and a 
 working track along it is laid down as far to the south- 
 ward as Chamisso Island. He anchored to the west- 
 ward of this island, "in eight fathoms water, in an open- 
 ing five miles broad, where he still cherished the hope 
 of discovering a passage into the Frozen Ocean ;" 
 which hope, it may therefore be presumed, had thus far 
 been disappointed, and as it also was here, " The an- 
 chor was weighed ; we sailed (to the eastward) up the 
 Strait, and when we had passed the narrow part, we 
 again cast anchor in seven fathoms." He then pro- 
 ceeded to examine the coast eastward with his boats ; 
 and on the 7th, when in Eschscholtz Bay, he says, 
 " We had advanced so far at noon, that we could dis- 
 tinctly observe that the land was united every where. At 
 the distance of a full mile from the shore, the water had 
 decreased to the depth oi five feet, and the hope of dis- 
 covering a river also vanished." But he says, further on : 
 ** I called the Bay after our physician, Eschscholtz. 
 I do not doubt that there was a river behind the high 
 mountains, which the shoals, however, would not permit 
 us to investigate. The ebb tide runs out seven, and the 
 flood only five hours. They change regularly; the 
 current sets with more violence out than in, and some- 
 times runs two knots." These are indications of a river, 
 but not of a channel leading to a sea; but Kotzebue, 
 in his Chart, has connected the whole coast round 
 Eschscholtz and Spafariefs Bays, though it does not 
 seem quite certain that he carefully examined the latter: 
 
IAS 
 
 the 
 
 
 for on the 10th August he says, " We left EschsclioUi 
 Bay with a fresh S.E. wind. I now wished to ex- 
 amine the land to the south. It lay at the distance of 
 seven miles from us:" but his track in the ship is further 
 off, leading towards Cape Deceit, in a direct line nearly 
 from Chamisso Island. However, he says, that ** he 
 steered along the coast W.S.W. because he considered 
 the examination of the east tinnecessarij ; as he had dis- 
 tinctli/ seen the connexion of the land from the point of 
 Chamisso Island." Whether he alludes, in this passage, 
 to the south part of the Sound eastivard from Cape De- 
 ceit, round to Chamisso Island, or the east coast it« 
 self of the Sound, from abreast of the noon position 
 2d August, southward to the point next to Cha- 
 misso Island, it is rather difficult to say, but not very 
 material. 
 
 Mr. Barrow, irt mentioning this subject in his account 
 of Voyages to the Arctic Regions, says, " Kotzebue 
 entered an inlet in latitude about 67 h to 68°. Its extent • 
 to the eastward was not determined; but the Rurick 
 proceeded in that direction as far as the meridian of 
 160°, which corresponds with that of Norton Sound.'* 
 From the Indians " Lieut. Kotzebue learned, that at the 
 bottom of the inlet was a straity through which there 
 was a passage into the great sea ; and that it required 
 nine days rowing in one of their boats to reach this 
 sea. This, Kotzebue thinhsy must be the great 
 northern Ocean, and that the whole of the land to the 
 northward of the inlet must either be an island, or ' 
 an archipelago of islands." From what Lieutenant 
 Kotzebue has published^ it does not appear that what 
 he learned from the Indians was in the least connected 
 with any ^^ strait at the bottom of the inlet y' or on the 
 eastern side of the Sound ; but referred to one situated 
 on the western side, in the Bay of Good Hope, between 
 
156 
 
 
 h" 
 
 Capes Deceit and Espenberg. Kotzebue says, he 
 ' went :n his boats, on the 12th of August, to examine 
 this strait. " After proceeding about four miles," says 
 he, " we arrived at a Cape where the land suddenly 
 took a direction from south to wesc. From a hill I 
 observed a broad arm to the west, which ran from the 
 sea into the land, and tliere wandered in several 
 windings between the mountains." Here, meeting with 
 an old Indian, " I tool: much pains," says he, " to 
 make my American comprehend, that I wished to 
 know how far this branch might extend f He at 
 last comprehended me, arid made me understand his 
 answer, by the following pantomime : he seated himself 
 on the ground, and rowed eagerly with his arms ; this 
 business he interrupted nine times, closing his eyes as 
 many times, and resting his head on his hand. Ikarnt 
 by this that it would take nine days to get to the open 
 sea, through this branch." And, a few pages further on, 
 Kotzebue says, " the account given by the American 
 may be correct, and this branch either extends to Nor- 
 ton Sound, or joins Schischmareff's Bay." Now, as 
 Norton Sound lies to the southward^ and Schischma- 
 reff Bay to the westward of the place Kotzebue was 
 (Examining, the "Great Sea" to which this strait or 
 branch led, must have been in one or other of those di- 
 rections. How then could Kotzebue have *' thought it 
 «iust have been the Great Northern Oceans that the In- 
 . dians informed him it required nine days rowing to 
 reach ?" He does indeed say, afterv^^ards, when speak- 
 ing of Kotzebue Sound, '* I certainly hope that this 
 sound may lead to important discoveries next year ; and 
 though a north-east passage may not with certainty be 
 depended on, yet I believe / shall be able to penetrate 
 Uiuch further to the east^ as the land has very deep in- 
 dentures." Mr. Von Chamisso, who accompanied 
 
157 
 
 he 
 
 Lieutenant Kotzebue, in liis " remarks," has this pas- 
 sage : " We observe that that part of the American coast 
 which we examined to the north of Behring's Strait, 
 appeared to us to excite the hope of finding a channel 
 among the entrances and friths which intersect it and 
 which might lead to the Icy Sea towards the mouth of ' 
 Mackenzie River, without doubling Icy Cape, which 
 would then be part of an island ;" and in a foot note, 
 he adds : " Several Journals have published a letter 
 from the author of these articles (San Francisco, New 
 California, on the 28th of October 1816,) in which this 
 opinion was delivered ; an error of the copyist has 
 altered the sense, so as to make it seem as if this 
 entrance had really been ejcamined by us.'* These passages 
 seem to afford some ground to suspect that there may 
 be an opening on the east side of Kotzebue Sound which 
 had been seen, but not examined ; or on what can Kotze- 
 bue have founded his belief, that he should '* be able to 
 penetrate much further to the east" the following year T 
 Certainly, from what he has^fliV/, concerning the bottom 
 of that sound, and an inspection of the chart he has 
 published, if true, no such belief or even hope can be 
 excited ; for he has connected the land completely 
 round it, with the exception of the strait in the Bay 
 of Good Hope, leading to the westward. Willing to 
 believe him to be an officer of honorable principles and 
 veracity, I can hardly bring myself to suppose him other- 
 wise without further proof. The hope he expressed, (if 
 he really had any,) of being "able to penetrate further to 
 the east" out of Kotzebue Sou d, must have rested on 
 the known existence of some ^Xvrni supposed to lead from 
 the east side of that sound to the Northern Ocean. 
 And if what he learned from the Indians did refer to 
 such a strait, instead of the one on the west side, as it 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
158 
 
 
 evidently does both in his chart and publication, he 
 may inadvertently have told the truth to!M r. Barrow on 
 his arrival in London, and afterwards have been com- 
 manded by his government to falsify both. However, 
 I must confess, I \vould much rather attribute this dis- 
 cordance to some misunderstanding, than allow my- 
 self to suppose the other to be even possible. If, on the 
 other hand, there is only a river at the bottom of Esch- 
 scholtz Bay, " behind the mountains, which the shoals 
 would not permit Kotzebue to investigate," it could 
 hardly be expected to communicate with the northern 
 Ocean, unless by another branch. In that case, it 
 would not answer to the description of the " Great 
 River" mentioned by Kobilef, which is said " to take 
 a long course in a southerly direction." If, therefore, 
 any such river exist, it must be looked for still further 
 to the northward, and perhaps beyond Icy Cape. 
 
 From some facts stated in the account of Captain 
 Parry's attempt through Lancaster Sound, and in Cap- 
 tain Franklin's Journey, it seems doubtful whether 
 what may be properly termed the Polar Sea has yet 
 been reached. But it is very possible that each may 
 have navigated in waters separated from it by conti- 
 nuity of land, at some yet undefined distance to the 
 northward and westward ; in which waters, the North 
 Georgian Islands, and others perhaps to the westward 
 of them, are situated, and extend perhaps as far as 
 the 130th meridian; and into which both the Copper- 
 mine and Mackenzie's rivers disembogue : in short, a 
 mediterranean sea, communicating with the Bays of 
 Hudson and Baffin, by various channels, through which 
 the flood tide finds its way from the Atlantic and 
 Spitzbergen Sea. 
 
 Captain Ross found the flood tide to set from the 
 
159 
 
 touthward all the Way up the east side of Baffin's Bay. 
 The rise and fall decreased gradually, and the times 
 of high-water at full and change were /a/er, as far as, 
 he advanced to the northward. The tide of flood set 
 to the southward and westward on the west side of 
 that Bay, as he returned along it, to the southward. 
 
 Captain Parry, near Possession Bay, in lat. 73° 31' 16", 
 and long. 77° 22', says, "he found the rise and fall of tide, 
 as nearly as could be judged from the marks on the beach, 
 to befrom 6 to 8 feet. While the tide was rising, the 
 stream came from the northward and westward along 
 the shore of the Bay. It is more than probable, there- 
 fore> that the flood comes from the N.W. on this part 
 of the coast." Whether the flood came from the 
 west, out of Lancaster Sound, or from the northward 
 down the west side of Baffin's Bay, it must of course, 
 at this placet have taken the direction imposed on it by . 
 the trending of the coast from Cape Liverpool towards 
 the south-east. 
 
 On the 7th of August, when in Prince Regent's In- 
 let, off Port Bowen, he says, " The whole rise of tide 
 (being nearly the highest of the springs,) appears to have 
 been ten feet. The ebb was found to set strong to the 
 southward in shore. A boat being moored to the bot- 
 tom, at three miles' distance from the land, at 5 p.m., not 
 the smallest current was perceptible. From these and 
 several subsequent observations, there is good reason 
 to suppose that tlie Jlood tide comes from the southward 
 in this inlet." Captain Parry adds : ** I have before 
 observed, that the east and west coasts which form this 
 grand inlet are probably islands : and on an inspection 
 of the chart, I think it will also appear highly probable 
 that a communication will one day be found to exist 
 between this inlet and Hudson's Bay, either through 
 
m 
 
 , 160 
 
 the broad unexplored channel called Sir Thomas 
 Roe's Welcome, or through Repulse Bay, which has 
 not yet been satisfactorily examined. It is also pro- 
 bable that a channel will be found to exist, between the 
 western land and the northern coast of America; in 
 which case, the flood-tide which came from the south- 
 ward, may have proceeded round the southern part of 
 the west land out of the Polar Sea : part of it setting up 
 the inlet, and part down the Welcome, according to the 
 testimony of all the old navigators." That the east and 
 west lands forming Prince Regent's Inlet may be 
 islands, is very likely ; and that it communicates with 
 Hudson's Bay, appears to be little less than certain : 
 for (to my mind at least,) it is proved by the flood-tide 
 running from the southward. '''-" 
 
 As I believe this tide has its source in the south and 
 east, and that it flows from the Atlantic and Spitzber- 
 gen Sea, through Hudson's, Cumberland, and Davis's 
 Straits, by channels of communication with them all, 
 and perhaps by others yet unexplored, still further to 
 the northward on the west side of Baffin's Bay, that in 
 Prince Regent's Inlet is consequently a part of it. This 
 part, when it reaches the north entrance of Prince Re- 
 gent's Inlet, naturally takes the direction of the east 
 and west lands forming it ; setting to the eastward on the 
 former, and to the westward along the latter towards 
 the Wellington Channel ; and making the times of 
 high- water, at full and change, progressively later in that 
 direction, as far as, or perhaps beyond Melville Island: 
 the other part of the great general flood sets down the 
 Welcome, along the west side of Hudson's Bay, as it 
 naturally must, from the trending of the yet known land, 
 and making the times of high-water at full and change, 
 on that coast, progressively later to the southward. Tliis 
 
IGl 
 
 fact, therefore, can by no means prove, as Ellis and* 
 others have concluded, that because the flood-tide in 
 the Welcome sets to the southward, it must necessarily 
 come from the west, originally, out of the Polar Sea, 
 and that therefore there must be a navigable passage. 
 Nor, indeed, if the flood tide shall hereafter be found 
 to come from the westward, along the southern shores 
 of the, land west of Prince Regent's Inlet, will it in the 
 least prove that the Polar Sea is its grand source, as has 
 been conjectured. For the same fact would occur in an 
 inclosed sea, by the flood taking the direction of its 
 circumbounding land. It will no doubt prove the ex- 
 istence of a channel between that land west of Prince 
 Regent's Inlet and the northern coast of America, but 
 nothing more. 
 
 Channels of communication are known to exist be- 
 tween the Atlantic and Baffin's and Hudson's Bays, 
 and now, there perhaps can be little doubt of one between 
 them by way of Lancaster Sound, and Prince Regent's 
 Inlet. There probably are others, though yet undisco- 
 vered. 
 
 As far as can be gathered from the experience of 
 Captain Parry, and the facts stated by him as well as 
 Mr. Fisher, in their respective publications, it would ap- 
 pear that the flood-tide through Lancaster Sound, and 
 Barrow's Strait, all the way to Melville Island, has its 
 general^ow,notivova. the west, but from the east, and from 
 the northward between some of the North Georgian 
 Islands. The times of high water, too, at full and change, 
 as far as they can be got at, seem to have been progres- 
 sively later from east to west, and the rise and fall of tide 
 was also less and, less in that direction. On the 22d of 
 August, when off'Gascoyne Inlet, about the longitude of 
 96% Mr. Fisher says, '* I have only to add one circum- 
 
 Data. X 
 
162 
 
 stance which I feel less pleasure m relating; it is that we 
 found the ebb-tide come from the westward ; the tide ebbed 
 during the time we were on shore, which was about fifty 
 minutes, between 10 and 1 1 inches." On the 28th of 
 August, when off Point Gilman, Captain Parry says, 
 " The tide was rising by the shore from noon till half 
 past 4, P.M. at which time the boats left the beach, and 
 by the high- water mark, it was considered probable that 
 it would rise an hour longer. The time of high water 
 may therefore be taken at half past 5, which will make 
 that of full and change about 12 o'clock. Mr. Ross 
 found, on rowing round the point near which he landed, 
 that the stream was setting strong against him from the 
 northward. We had tried the current (tide) in the 
 offing at noon," (in lat. 75° 3' 12", and long. 103" 
 34' 37") " by mooring the small boat to the bottom, when 
 it was found to run in a south direction, at the rate of 
 half a mile per hour. At 4 p.m., near the same station, 
 it was setting S.S. TF. | of a mile per hour, so that it 
 would appear tolerably certain, that the Jiood-tide here 
 comes from the northward.'* On the 2d of September, in 
 lat. 74" 58, and long. 107" 3' 31", Captain Parry says, 
 "When the boats landed at 1. 40. p. M. the tide had 
 fallen a foot by the shore. It continued to fall till 7 
 P.M. and then rose again, the whole fall of tide not ex- 
 ceeding Jive, or Jive and a half feet. At the time we 
 landed. Lieutenant Beechey tried for a current in the 
 offing, but could find none. At half past 7 the tide was 
 setting E.N.E. at the rate of a mile and a half an hour, 
 and at a quarter before ten, after I returned on board, 
 it was still setting slowly to the pastward. By the above 
 observations, the time of high water at full and change 
 of the moon seems to be about I after one o clock. The 
 direction of the tide of flood does not appear so clear." 
 
»atwe 
 ebbed 
 It fifty 
 5th of 
 says, 
 111 half 
 and 
 le that 
 water 
 make 
 Ross 
 mded, 
 om the 
 in the 
 ;. 103" 
 I, when 
 rate of 
 station, 
 I that it 
 de here 
 iber, in 
 •y says, 
 de had 
 '// till 7 
 not ex- 
 ;ime we 
 it in the 
 ide was 
 in hour, 
 board, 
 e above 
 change 
 k. The 
 ) clear." 
 
 1U3 . , • 
 
 *' If*' says Captain Parry, " it come from the westward, 
 there must be a tide and half tide, but it seems more 
 probable^ on an inspection of the chart, tliat here, as on 
 the eastern side of Byam Martin's Island, it will be 
 found to come from the northward between the islands." 
 But it is most probable, that, as the tide setting to the 
 E,N.E, at half past 7 was the ebby the flood must have 
 set to the W.S.W, in the same place, unless Captain 
 Parry can give any good reason why it should 7wt, 
 
 On the 6th of September, in lat. 74" 47', and long. 1 10' 
 34', Captain Parry says, " It was low water by the shore 
 at half past 9, and it had risen between two and three 
 feet when the boats came away at half past 12. During 
 this time, the ships were tending to a tide coining strong 
 from the eastward, from which direction it is therefore pro- 
 bable" (why not certain f) "that ihefiood tide runs on this 
 part of the coast, though we had no opportunity of trying 
 its true set in the offing," Again, on the 9th of Septem- 
 ber, "Considering our present detention so near the shore 
 a good opportunity of observing the true rise and fall of 
 the tides, I caused a pole to be fixed on the beach for 
 the purpose, by which it was found to be high water at 
 half past 4 o'clock in the morning, and the tide e^^^till 
 half past 10. From this time till half past 4 p.m. when 
 it was again high water, the tide had risen two feet eight 
 inches ; so that, small as this tide was, it seems to be very 
 regular. The direction of the stream of flood was, as 
 usual, not so easy to determine. But I shall give the 
 facts as they occurred. At the time of low water by the 
 shore, and for an hour and a quarter ^c/bre it took place, 
 the current was setting to the eastward at the rate of 
 three quarters of a mile per hour. It continued to run 
 thus for the greater part of the day, but at times it was 
 observed to set in an opposite direction, and now and 
 
164 
 
 then no current whatever was perceptible. From 8 till 11 
 P.M. it was running strong to the westward, after which 
 it stopped, and then began to set the ice the contrary 
 way. I have been thus minute in mentioning the above 
 particulars, not with a hope of throwing any light upon 
 that interesting question of the direction of the tides in 
 this part of the Polar Sea, but to show how impossible 
 it is, with the land close on one side, and on the other 
 innumerable masses of ice, in almost constant motion, 
 to arrive at any satisfactory conclusion on the subject. In 
 Winter Harbour, in lat. 74° 47' 15", and long. 1J0° 
 48' 30'', it was found to be high water at 29 minutes past 
 1 o'clock, and the mean rise and fall was only 2 feet 7 
 inches.'' On the 1st of August, in the year following, 
 when Captain Parry was released from Winter Harbour, 
 and had rounded Cape Hearne, he says, ** We found the 
 ships to be considerably impeded by a tide or current 
 setting to the eastward, which, as it slacked about 7 in 
 theevening, I considered to be the flood, the time of high 
 water at Winter Harbour, this day, being about half 
 past 7." In this instance, as in others, where di supposed 
 flood tide from the westward has been mentioned, it is 
 coupled with an expression of some doubt as to its being 
 a tide or current. The flood tide from the eastward has 
 been stated wzore decidedly. Why, in this case and at 
 this place, Captain Parry should have considered the 
 flood to come from the westward^ merely because this 
 " tide or current slacked about the time it was high 
 water in Winter Harbour ;" when not very far from the 
 same p^ace, on the 6th of September of the former year, 
 he thought that the tide coming from the eastivard was 
 probably the floods he can of course assign some good 
 reason. It seems to me, however, that this stream was 
 most probably a current^ especially as he says on the 
 
l(i.J 
 
 1 4th of August, "The frequent experience we had of the 
 quickness with which currents are thus formed, in con- 
 sequence, merely, of the wind setting the various bodies 
 of ice in motion, naturally leads us to this useful caution, 
 that one or two trials of the set of the stream in icy seas 
 must not be too hastily assumed in drawing any con- 
 clusions as to its constant or periodical direction." This 
 observation may be truly applicable to temporary 
 currentSy but not to tides, which, though they may be 
 accelerated or retarded in their velocity by various 
 causes, must always set in the direction imposed on them 
 by others of locality, which cannot vary, the trendings 
 of the lands between which they have their course. 
 Upon the whole, it appears that Captain Parry then did 
 find the rise and fall of tide to be less to the west than 
 to the eastward and southwardy from whence therefore, a 
 probabky at least, if not a " satisfactory, general " conclu- 
 sion may be drawn, that the flood tide comes originally. 
 Though we cannot come at the direction of the flood 
 tide on that part of the coast of America which Capt. 
 Franklin travelled and coasted, yet at the mouth of the 
 Copper-Mine River, in lat. (37M8' and long. 114° 37', 
 he states, that a *' rise and fall of four inches in the 
 water was observed." This was the farthest west and 
 the least observed. In travelling from thence along 
 the coast to the eastward^ the rise and fall, though 
 very small, it appears, did increase ; from whence, there- 
 fore, it may be fairly argued that the flood comeSy till the 
 contrary shall he proved. In about 112° west, Capt. 
 Franklin says, " For the last two days the water rose 
 and fell about nine inches. The tides, however, seemed 
 to be very irregular, and we could not determine the 
 direction of the ebb or flood. A current, setting to the 
 eastward, was running about two miles an hour during 
 
 ' I 
 
 i 
 
106 
 
 our stay." About the mouth of Banks River, Capt. 
 Franklin says, " at this place the water fell two feet 
 during the night ;" and on the 3d and 4th of August, in 
 Bathurst Inlet, he observed " a fall of more than two 
 fed in the water during the night." On the 15th of 
 August he adds, "it may here be remarked that we 
 observed the first regular return of the tides in Warren- 
 der's and Parry's Bays, but their set could not be 
 ascertained. The rise of water did not amount to more 
 than two feet.'' Now it must be remarked that War- 
 render Bay is about the easternmost limit of Capt. 
 Franklin's researches. 
 
 Though I will not go so far as to say that the fore- 
 going facts, which I have collected chiefly from the 
 pubHcations " of those who contend for the practica- 
 bility of a N.W. passage," tend to disprove it ; yet, they 
 are evidently very strong i. cations of an extensive 
 Mediterranean Sea, such as I tiave supposed may exist, 
 having communication by various channels with the 
 Bays of Hudson and Baffin, though not with the Polar 
 Sea proper. 
 
 Though the Quarterly Reviewer says, " Hearne talks 
 vaguely of the sea being full of islands at the mouth of 
 .the Copper- JVfine River, as far as he could see with a 
 good pocket telescope ;" yet Capt. Franklin has proved 
 him to be quite correct, with regard to the numerous 
 islands ; and perhaps it may fall to his lot, also, to prove, 
 whether or not Hearne was as correct too, in ** think- 
 ing it more than probable, that the Copper-Mine River 
 empties itself into a sort of inland sea, or extensive 
 bay, somewhat like that of Hudson." There is another 
 circumstance yet to be mentioned, which goes far to 
 show, that Hearne may be right in his judgment; at 
 least it seems so to me. On the 17th and 18th of Octo- 
 
167 
 
 ber, when Capt. Parry was at Melville Island, " the 
 deer were observed in vast numbers, preparatory to 
 their departure over the ice to the coast of America, after 
 which one or two only were seen." The Quarterly 
 Reviewer says, on the return of summer, *• it was quite 
 astonishing to behold the rapidity with which the 
 various plants of the island pushed forth their leaves 
 and flowers, the moment the snow was off the ground. 
 Whether it was the abundance of these flowers that 
 tempted the musk oxen and rein-deer to make the long 
 journey over the ice, or whether they came to these 
 secluded and peaceable islands to drop their young, is 
 not known. In a valley, formed by the stream of a 
 ravine, which had the same lively appearance as that 
 of an English meadow, a whole herd of musk oxen 
 were seen grazing ; and our surprise (says Capt. Parry) 
 in some degree ceased, at the immense distance which 
 these animals must travel in the course of their annual 
 visits to these dreary and desolate regions ; as such a 
 pasture, affording undisturbed and luxuriant feeding 
 during the summer months, may, in spite of the general 
 appearance of the island, hold out sufficient induce- 
 ment for their annual emigration ;" and the Quarterly 
 Reviewer says in another place, that *' deer migrate 
 from America to Melville Island, which is upwards of 
 300 miles from the Continent." Capt. Franklin too, in 
 his Appendix, No. 5, at page 668, informs us that " iii 
 summer the musk oxen migrate in considerable num- 
 bers from the Continent (America) to the various islands 
 which exist in the Polar Sea," so that the fact is stated 
 and, of course, believedhy all these authorities. In the 
 autumn these animals pass from Melville Island to the 
 coast of America. In the spring, nay in the '• summer" 
 too^ they return to that island, and *• various " others 
 
 il 
 
 IS 
 
ITiG 
 
 U; 
 
 ys /J 
 
 ri 
 
 iii 
 
 te*i 
 
 ** which exist in the Polar Sea." Now by what means 
 are they enabled to make these long journeys ? Not 
 by land ; ior those, who suppose the navigable passage 
 to exist, which is now once more to be sought for be- 
 tween Melville Island and the north coast of America, 
 cannot believe there is land any wherp in continuityy 
 in that space, for them to travel ow. Not by water ; for 
 though those whose trade it is to feed curiosity with a 
 goose's quill, know that there is no lack of credulity 
 among us, whatever there may be of faith : yet, I 
 presume they would find it somewhat difficult to 
 make any John Bull believe that these deer and musk 
 oxen SWIM the distance of 300 miles twice a year! 
 Well then, unless these beasts *' take unto themselves 
 wings and fly," to pass *• over the ice," they must of 
 course make their long journeys upon it. If so, it 
 may be supposed to be continuous, and almost per- 
 manent, or they could hardly migrate thus upon it, 
 not only in the spring and autumn, but even the 
 summer. 
 
 The medium however, let it be what it may, which 
 enables these animals to do this, would not, I suppose, 
 be the very best for ships to sail in ; and therefore, i/'the 
 fact of their migration be true, as thus stated, it cannot 
 but render the hope of a navigable passage rather for- 
 lorn. But if that medium should happen to be land, it 
 must be land in continuity, which would at once decide 
 the question of the existence of a N. W. passage in the 
 negative. 
 
 In that case, the result would be the same, whether 
 an attempt at the discovery should be made from this 
 side, or from Behring's Strait. But why those " who 
 contend for the existence and practicability of a N.W. 
 passage for ships," should prefer the former, has ap- 
 
16}) 
 
 |K'ared to mo quite unaccountable. Captain Parry, 
 however, has recorded his reasons, such as they are, in 
 its favor, in these words. " In the course of the fore- 
 going narrative, it may have been remarked that the 
 westerly and north-westerly winds were always found 
 to produce the effect of clearing the southern shores of 
 the new Georgian Islands of ice, while they always 
 brought with them clear weather, which is essentially 
 necessary in prosecuting discoveries in such navigation. 
 7'his circumstance, together with the fact of our having 
 sailed back in si.v days from the meridian of Winter 
 Harbour, to the entrance of Sir James Lancaster's 
 Sound, a distance which required ^ve weeks to traverse, 
 when going in the opposite direction, seems to afford a 
 reasonable ground for concluding, that an attempt for 
 effecting the N.W. passage might be made with a better 
 chance of success from Behring's Strait, than from the 
 side of America. There are some circumstances, how- 
 ever, which in my opinion render this mode of pro- 
 ceeding altogether impracticable, at least for British 
 ships. The principal of these arises from the length 
 of the voyage which must first be performed in order to 
 arrive at the point where the work is to be begun. After 
 such a voyage, admitting that no serious wear and 
 tear had been experienced, the most important part of 
 a ships resources, namely, the provisions and fuel, must 
 be very materially reduced, and this without the possi* 
 bility of renewing them to the extent necessary for such 
 a service, and which can alone give confidence in the 
 performance of an enterprise of which the nature is so 
 precarious and uncertain. Nor should it be forgotten 
 how injurious to the health of the crcNvs, so sudden and 
 extreme a change of climate would in all probability 
 prove, as that which they must necessarily experience 
 
 Data, X 
 
176 
 
 
 "I'M 
 
 ill going at once from the heat of the torrid zone into 
 the intense cold of a long winter upon the northern 
 shores of America. Upon the whole, therefore, I can- 
 not but consider, that any expedition equipped by 
 Great Britain, with this view, will act with greater ad- 
 vantage by at once enjploying its best energies in the 
 attempt to penetrate from the eastern coast of America 
 along its north'^rn shores." 
 
 Now, if the practicability of the N.W. passage were 
 doubled, or its wow-existence deemed possible even, it 
 appears to me that the onli/ reasons why it would be 
 imprudent to make the attempt from Behring's Strait 
 to the eastward, are the very two which Captain 
 Parry, in the first paragraph of the foregoing extract, 
 says *' seem to afford a reasonable ground for conclud- 
 ing that an attempt might be made with a belter chance 
 oi success from Behri?ig's Strait than tlie side of Ameri- 
 ca." Because every seaman ought to know, that in case 
 of failure in an attempt//ww west to east, by finding land, 
 or the zvestern entrances of Straits so encumbered with 
 ice as to oppose his further advance, he would rather 
 have a fiee wind to return with, as Captain Parry had 
 when " he sailed back in six days a distance of 600 
 miles, which required five weeks to traverse," than 
 tiiese " westerly and north-westerly winds" to beat back 
 against. 
 
 As these winds were *• alv,ays found to produce the 
 effect of clearing the southern shores of the new Geor- 
 gian Islands of ice," it may be presumed that they must 
 also produce the effect of encu7}ibering the northern and 
 western shores of islands, as well as the northern and 
 western entrances of Straits existing between them, 
 with ice — if there be any to windward. Consequently, 
 ships proceeding from west to east, and finding such 
 
171 
 
 western entrances closed against them by ice, would 
 be in a much worse predicament than Captain Parry 
 was, for instance, when he found the western entrance 
 of the Strait of tlie Fury and Hecla actually so closed 
 against him by ice. For his obstruction being to wind- 
 ward of him, he had only to quit it and return home, 
 '' with these winds from the West and N.W. prevailing" 
 in his favor^ and perhaps the *' circumvolving current" 
 of the Quarterly Review into the bargain. Whereas, 
 any ship having advanced from Behring's Straits as far 
 as the ae^/e/'w limit of such obstruction as Captain Parry 
 met with, must have been reauced to the necessity of 
 beating back again the way she came ; unless some 
 channel could be discovered to the northward, com- 
 municating with Barrow's Strait and Lancaster Sound, 
 which it is hoped Captain Parry will find by way of 
 Prince Regent's Inlet. 
 
 But no such obstruction from ice, and indeed but 
 little from even land intervening, can have entered into 
 the calculation of those who have said, " We jirmly 
 believe that a navigable passage does eiist, and may be 
 of no difficult execution. It is the business of three 
 mo7iths owi VLuA home. We have little doubt of a/ree 
 and practicable i)assage for seven or eight months in 
 every year. Arrived on the coast of America, and 
 no obstruction from land occurring, we see no reason 
 why the passage to Icy Cape, which does not exceed 
 1500 miles, might Jot easilij be accomplished in one 
 season ; about 600 of these were actually run on the 
 last voyage in six days;' and finally Captain Parry 
 himself " has recorded his opinion in favor of its ac- 
 complishment." 
 
 To persons thus sanguine in their hope, nay, so con- 
 fident in their expectations of 'success, the prevalence 
 *' of westerly and north-westerly winds" must be, of 
 
172 
 
 M 
 It 
 
 ■,} 
 
 'I 
 
 i:^:; 
 
 ^1 Others, the most favorable circumstance, as tliey 
 would ensure the 5j^ee</ie.y^ performance of the voyage: 
 for, as " they seem" to Captain Parry, so they do in 
 truth, for that reason^ " afford a reasmiable ground" (to 
 them) " for concluding that an attempt might be made 
 \vith a better chance of success from Behring's Strait 
 than the side of America." Indeed, as the Quarterly 
 Reviewer sees 710 reason ^* why the passage to Icy Cape, 
 which does not exceed 1500 miles, may not be easili/ 
 accomplished in one season^ as 600 of these were ac- 
 tually run in six days, bi/ means of these very westerly 
 and north-westerly winds," I would take the liberty 
 of asking him, why — (//he have no fear of either icy or 
 land impediment) should not the whole 1500 miles be 
 perhaps run with the same facilities in about one month? 
 which would be far less than what he considers to be 
 the duration of one season, who " has little doubt of a 
 free and navigable passage for seven or eight months in 
 every year." 
 
 The only objections, then, which these advocates 
 for the existence and practicability of a N.W. passage 
 can make, consistently with their publicly expressed 
 belief of there being no obstruction from ice, and little or 
 none from land, are those given by Captain Parry, in 
 the terms I have quoted ; not one of which appears 
 to me to be of the slightest importance, compared to 
 that which has been given to the discovery of this 
 famed N.W. passage. 
 
 And, were it not that he has published them, and 
 that therefore, those who know little or nothing of the 
 matter may tifink them very solid objections, they 
 would hardly deserve the notice of any seaman who 
 has had years of experience on service in ships of war, 
 in all the climates of the globe, except perhaps within 
 the north frigid zone, of whose imaginary inclemency 
 
173 
 
 as to the human/ee////g-, and its terrible effects, Captain 
 Parry has proved and recorded the non-existencey by a 
 practical experience which, being well merited, has 
 been justly rewarded. We will, however, examine them 
 one by one, and see what they amount to. 
 
 In the first place, " the length of the voyage to tlie 
 point where the work is to be begun" is objected to by 
 Captain Parry, and in his opinion renders " this mode 
 of proceeding altogether impracticabky at least for British 
 ships,'' But why for " British ships" particularly, any 
 more than Russian, or indeed any other ships ? In the 
 present improved state of navigation, the length of the 
 voyage, say first to Macao in China, is absolutely not 
 worthy of a thought. The wear and tear of that part 
 of the voyage might be with ease repaired there or in 
 theTypa. The reduction in the stores, provisions, and 
 fuel, could be made up there just as well as in Eng- 
 land ; and if it could not, every thing considered to be 
 absolutely necessary might be sent out and placed there 
 in store preparatory to their arrival. As to the observa- 
 tion, " How injurious to the health of the crews, so sud' 
 den and extreme a change of climate would prove, as that 
 which they must necessarily experience in going at 
 once from the heat of the torrid zone into the intense 
 cold of a long winter upon the northern shores of Ame- 
 rica," it must by no means be " necessarily" sc, or at all 
 probable that the healths of the crews would suffer in the 
 slightest degree, from any changes of climate to which 
 they might be subjected in the course of their voyage. 
 For who that has served (as perhaps Captain Parry has 
 noty) during the last war, for years, in all the climates of 
 the globe, and been as suddenly removed from hot to cold, 
 and from cold to hot, ever contemplated or experienced 
 any such injurious effects, either upon himself or his 
 
174 
 
 p « 
 
 
 ship's companies? None, I daresay; at least I can answer 
 for myself. Many, very many, after being grilled in 
 the East or West Indies for years, immediately on their 
 return home have been sent smoking-hot, to cool in the 
 North Sea in winter, without at all feeling its effects, 
 more than the crews of any other ships long stationed 
 there. But perhaps I shall be told, that the severity, of 
 the North Sea climate is nothing compared to that of 
 the terrible icy regions of the norlii. Certainly, the 
 North Sea climate may not be so cold ; but its hu7nidity 
 renders men much more liable to pulmonarv and in- 
 flammatory complaints, than it appears cJaptain Parry s 
 people ever were in the frigid climate of Winter Har- 
 bour. For he says, "In the severest weather, mot 
 single inflammatory complaint occurred, though in piass- 
 ing from tlie cabins into the open air, and vice versa, the 
 men were constantly in the habit, for some months, of 
 undergoing a change of from 80 to 100 degrees, and in 
 several instances 120° of temperature." No such ex- 
 treme change of temperature as this (which, however, 
 had no injurious effect at all,) could possibly be expe- 
 rienced on a passage from England to China. There 
 the crews might be refreshed for months, if it were re- 
 quired. From Macao, the passage, with the S.W. 
 Monsoon, could be performed with ease, and in as 
 (BJiort a time, to Behring's Strait, as one from England 
 to the N.E. part of America ; so as to be off Icy Cape 
 in all July, if necessary. 
 
 So that on every consideration except expense, (which 
 can be nothing with such an important object in 
 view,) certainly, the best and most expeditious mode of 
 performing that part of the voyage to the northward of 
 the continent of America, {if no obstruction from either 
 land or ice be supposed to exist,) would undoubtedly 
 
175 
 
 be, by way of Behring's Strait to the eastward. But 
 those who do apprehend that obstruction may be proba- 
 bly met with, somewhere between Behring's Strait and 
 the N.E. part of America, will prudently prefer having 
 the attempt made from east to west, but first to 
 examine Behring's Strait. 
 
 I shall conclude, for the present, with a passage on 
 this subject, written by the late Admiral Burney, and 
 published in the year 1819. 
 
 *^ Behring's Strait being regarded as the most probable 
 opening on the western side of America, by many as the 
 only probable one, for the entrance into the Pacific, by a 
 northern navigation from Europe; and on the eastern side 
 of America, there being many inlets and arms of the sea 
 unexplored, of which a very small proportion can be 
 expected to lead to Behring's Strait ; it follows, that 
 the best chance for discovering a passage, or for dis- 
 covering that there is no passage, is by commrnring on 
 the other side of America. On this side of America the 
 question can only be set at rest by tho discovery of a 
 passage, for twenty expeditions with the most favorable 
 scaRons would be in«u(licici^t for ascertaining that there 
 is no passage." 
 
 Ify as the Quarfrrly Review says, there be " a free and 
 navigable passage for seven or eight months in every 
 year," the coast of America must of course form the 
 south sid*" v>f it. That coast can be got hold of at 
 Bebrinsi's Strait, and if it co^ld be kept sight of, and there 
 t'* wo obstruction, a ship by tracing it must ultimately 
 discover it : and in less than half the time it can possibly 
 b« done from east to w^est, with the prevailing winds and 
 the Reviewer's circumvolving current against her ; even 
 allowing that she may get at once close in upon the 
 coast of America, by way of Prince Regent's Inlet, or 
 other yet undiscovered cIkiuim'Is. But if that inlet 
 
176 
 
 
 11 
 
 fail, ** twenty" other expeditions mai/ also fail, as Ad- 
 miral Blimey justly observes, by as many channels, if 
 they exist. On the contrary, one attempt from Behring's 
 Strait, whether there be obstruction or not, would per- 
 haps decide the question for ever. The most certain 
 mode, however, and doubtless the least expensive, must 
 be by land expeditions ; and if such means had been 
 tried in the year 1818, in all probability it would have 
 been decided by this time. 
 
 Though, in this inquiry, I have attempted to show 
 that the Quarterly Reviewer's belief in the practicability 
 and existence of a north-west passage was originally 
 formed on an assumption of circumstances and sup- 
 posed facts, as vague, crude, and inconsistent with each 
 other, as they are contrary to the laws of nature, and 
 which even the future proof of both cannot establish as 
 true ; and though it is tolerably clear, that none of the 
 great commercial advantages which his glowing but wild 
 imagination anticipated, can ever be the result of that 
 proof; yet many others undoubtedly have been, and 
 will yet l)e, obtained by means of the naval expedi- 
 tions, and which it is highly to the glory and honor of 
 the first maritime power in the world should have been 
 Bent out. 
 
 It perhaps would have been better not to have 
 avowed to the world, at firsts that the grand object of 
 these expeditions was " the discovery of a north-west 
 passage," where success must be so doubtful; but merely 
 to have said, they were fitted out in this " piping time 
 of peace," for the purpose of exploring the Arctic re- 
 gions ; to obtain facts, to make observations on'their 
 various phfenomena, for the extension of science, by 
 throwing light on many subjects as yet but little under- 
 stood. In this case all the information they brought 
 
177 
 
 home would have been acceptable to the public from 
 its novelty, to the philosopher from its value, and clear 
 gain to all, unalloyed by any feeling of disappointment ; 
 and if the north-west passage should have been unexpect- 
 edly discovered^ the gaping world would have considered 
 it as the ne plus ultra of all human enterprise, in short 
 something like a trip to the moon in a balloon ; for, 
 indeed, the notion which many persons even at present 
 entertain of it is something like that. The Quarterly 
 Reviewer, himself, in No. 49, page 214, observes that, 
 " in proportion as the expectations of tlie public have 
 been raised," not so much perhaps, as he says, *' by the 
 result of Captain Parry's last Voyage" as by what he 
 has written, " would a failure be felt. Indeed, we have 
 no doubt that any thing short of reaching the Pacific 
 would now be considered as a failure, and cause disap- 
 pointment, even if it should be discovered that no com- 
 munication exists between the Atlantic and the Pacific." 
 
 Certainly, there can be no doubt but it wOuld be 
 a failure ; and though the public in general would con- 
 sider it such, yet I must confess, as one of that public, 
 though I should feel great regret, I cannot say 1 should 
 be disappointed ; because my expectations have not 
 been unduly rais(Ml, nor shall I ever think that anyone 
 of these expeditions was fitted out in vain. Who, indeed, 
 can be so narrow-minded as to say, what is the use of 
 all these expeditions ? why all this expense ? except 
 those who measure the value of every thing by tlic 
 commercial scale? 
 
 The undertaking is one every way worthy of this 
 country. The man, whoever he was, who first sug- 
 gested it, is justly entitled to that praise wliich every one 
 of enlarged and liberal mind will award him, whether 
 it succeed to its full extent or not. Nor will the No- 
 
 Data. Z 
 
178 
 
 bleman who presides at the Admiralty fail of that 
 rewarcj from posterity which he so richly merits, for 
 having attended to his suggestions, and so far carried 
 them into effect. 
 
 SCRUTATOR. 
 
 n . ^,? 
 
 ^■_ I i < 
 
 r?^.?.f 
 
 
 
17Q 
 
 that 
 I, for 
 irried 
 
 I ' i. /> 
 
 t . 1^ •. I . 
 
 • J •. *i-^ ♦ 
 
 POSTSCRIPT. 
 
 •R. 
 
 ii 
 
 
 
 A FEW days after the foregoing sheets were viritten, Captain 
 Parry's long-expected " Journal of a Second Voyage for the Dis- 
 covery of a North-West Passage" made its appearance. After 
 carefully reading it, I cannot say that I have met with a single fact 
 of sufficient weight to induce me to alter one line I had written, or 
 to doubt the correctness of any of the inferences I had drawn from 
 Data previously furnished. On the contrary, I have found much 
 to confirm them. The grand source of the flood-tide in Hudson's 
 Bay is proved to be the Atlantic. It set to the westward generally 
 from Resolution Island all the way to the coast of America, but 
 taking local directions imposed on it by intervening lands. The 
 r^te of flow (except in confined channels and inlets) decreased in 
 advancing to the westward, as did also the rise and fall of the tide, 
 in proportion to the distances of the places where it was observed 
 from Hudson's and Cumberland Straits, Sic. 
 
 What I most desired to know, was, whether or not any cu;rrent 
 had been experienced in the Strait of the Fury and Hecla from the 
 westward. 
 
 In the event of there being any such, I presumed to anticipate its 
 effect on floating ice, should there be any, at its western mouth, 
 whatever might be the source or cause of that current ; but at the 
 same time denying that the waters of the Pacific Ocean could pos- 
 sibly form any part of it. 
 
 Captain Parry did find a current from the westward, running 
 through the Strait of the Fury and Hecla, of which, and the tides 
 in that Strait, he writes thtis at page 354 of his Journal : " I be- 
 
180 
 
 lieve there can be little doubt that the flood-tide here coniee from 
 the westward. That there is, besides this, during a great part of 
 the summer, a permanent current setting from the same direction, 
 is also sufficirntly apparent ; and the joint effects of these tw o 
 causes appear to account satisfactorily for the various irregularities 
 observed, as well in the set of the stream, as in the rise and fall of 
 water by the shore. The natural inference, with respect to the cur- 
 rent, seemed at the time to be, that it is occasional by the. annual 
 melting of the snows upon the shores of the Polar Sea, for which 
 this Strait affords the only outlet leading to the southward, within 
 perhaps some hundieds, of miles ; and this supposition appeared the 
 more reasonable from the circumstance of the current having jtist 
 now [20th September, 1S22,] ceased, wlien the streams from the 
 land were once more arrested by the frost of the approaching 
 winter." ;:■,',',.: r • 'i ;. .,;r.-!. . - -j.!T .;;• »f;J m 'h. -.<•? 
 
 In fact, then, this current was only periodically " permanent ;" 
 and, admitting Captain Parry to be correct in his inference as to 
 its cause, it therefore cannot be a part of the Quarterly Reviewer's 
 *' circumvolving current from the Pacific through Behring's Strait," 
 which he believes to be "perpetual." For if that circumvolving 
 current of his between the Pacific and Atlantic be perpetual, and 
 there really exist an unobstructed course for it all the way iioxw 
 Behring's Strait, and through that of the Fury and Hecla, -. " the 
 only outlet leading to the southward," why should it have " ceased" 
 there about the 2()th of September ? Captain Parry's own expla- 
 nation is quite conclusive, that the Reviewer's current can have 
 nothing at all to do witlj*ihe one he met with in the Strait of the 
 Fury and Hecla. Were this current perpetual, so much the worse. 
 Its temporary adverse operation is f^uito bad enough, for, according 
 to Captain Parry's account of it, it flows eastward, during the only 
 nai//o'o6/e; season, and ceases with it, * • f . •. 
 
 The effect of this current is thus described by him at page 489 ; 
 " The state of the ice for two successive summers, in the Strait of 
 
181 
 
 I from 
 art of 
 action, 
 e two 
 arities 
 fall of 
 le ciir- 
 aiinual 
 which 
 within 
 reil the 
 
 ig 
 
 the Fury and 11 tela, seems to indicate that the obstruction we 
 there met with, is dependent rather on locality than season. It is 
 more than probable, that the obstacles which finally arrested our 
 progress in the Strait, are to be mainly attributed to the current we 
 found setting to the eastward through it, and which coincides with 
 that observed by Captain Franklin, and by the Russians, to the 
 westward." True — it does so — as to direction ; but the c^use 
 which Captain Parry assigns for its periodical flow and cessation, 
 renders it impossible to identify this current with the one they ob- 
 served, which is said to be perpetual. " This stream," Captain 
 Parry adds, " in finding its way through the Strait, would un- 
 doubtedly have the effect of keeping the ice close home upon its 
 western mouth, so as to prevent the egress of a ship in that direc- 
 tion : and I cannot help thinking that on that account, the naviga- 
 tion of that Strait will seldom, if ever, be practicable." 
 , On what possible ground, then, can it be expected that the reest- 
 ern mouth of any other existing Strait between Prince Regent's 
 Inlet and Beliring's Strait should, under similar circumstances, be 
 more practicable than that of the Fury and Hecla ?" • 
 
 u Though Captain Parry says that " circumstances beyond the 
 reach of any previous speculation, have combined to oppose an in- 
 surmountable banit-t to our entrance into the Polar Sea by the 
 route lately pursu ' yet some of these very circumstances were 
 a lually pointed out ^y the. Quarterly Reviewer as the causes of the 
 fadure of all former attempts, made in that quarter to discover a 
 north-wcbt passage. Nay — ail oi these circumstances, as well as 
 the result of Cap jin Parry's last voyage, were anticipated, and in 
 my hearing mentioned to many private triends by one who deemed 
 the judgment of the Quarterly Reviewer quite «oundo«/j/ on that 
 point, but who at the same lime firmly believed that Repulse Bay 
 had b.-:i! ** satisfactorily examined :" never, like him, having 
 doubled tliit Middleton was, ^^hat Captain Parry has now proved 
 him, a inui of veracity. 
 
182 
 
 !'^^ 
 
 lii 
 
 
 Captain Parr; says, ** However unsuccessful have been our tate 
 endeavors^ they were unquestionably directed to the right place/' 
 and that " with the limited geographical information we then pos- 
 sessed, no other route than that pointed out in my instructions, could 
 possibly have been pursued with any reasonable hope of success." 
 
 Certainly the route through iludson's Strait and Bay did, to 
 those who selected it, hold forth more hope at the time than any 
 other, because it was preferred ; and even after failure has proved 
 it to be the wrong, it is still proclaimed as the " right place," 
 and as the on/ij route that could possibly have been pursued with 
 any reasonable hope of success ! 
 
 But this necessarily places the route by Prince Regent's Inlet 
 very low indeed in the scale of hope ; for at the time Captain 
 Parry sailed last, that inlet was as well known to him as it is now. 
 No addition has been made to the then limited geographical in- 
 formation he possessed immediately belonging to itse/J\ If, then, 
 three years ago, Prince Regent's lulet were considered, as it is here 
 acknowledged to have been, as nut holding forth " any reasonable 
 hope of success," on what can a more reasonable hope be built 
 now? For my own part, I must confess that I dare not indulge 
 expectation of more from the next attempt through Prince Regent's 
 Inlet, &,c. than Captain Parry's strenuous endeavors effected in " the 
 right place;" and therefore, supported by an acknowledgment 
 from such authority, I still consider it to be what 1 have already 
 termed it, the Forlorn Hope. And that too, notwithstanding 
 Captain Parry concludes his Journal in these words, which 1 sin- 
 cerely wish may one day prove to be prophetic : " I never felt more 
 sanguine of ultimate success in the enterprise in which I have 
 lately been engaged, than at the present moment ; and I cannot 
 but entertain a confident hope, that England may yet be destined 
 to succeed in an attempt which has for centuries past engaged her 
 attention, and interested the whole civilised world." 
 
 
Frinted by A. J. Valpy, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. 
 
 1-